Shop – China handbag factory https://china-handbag-factory.com bag maufacturer, handbag wholesale, backpack factory Fri, 12 Jan 2024 08:42:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://i0.wp.com/china-handbag-factory.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/07/cropped-微信图片_20230704171146.jpg?fit=32%2C32&ssl=1 Shop – China handbag factory https://china-handbag-factory.com 32 32 218092027 Factory wholesale embroidered patches on hats https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-embroidered-patches-on-hats/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 11:08:56 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14771 In need of  this wholesale custom embroidered patches? Bjarne embroidered patch maker will help you wholesale custom the embroidered patches as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom embroidered patches manufacturing including customizing embroidered patch material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Factory wholesale embroidered patches on hats first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom embroidered patches material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized embroidered patch color

In the factory wholesale embroidered patches on hats, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized embroidered name patches label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for factory wholesale embroidered patches on hats. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Embroidered name patches wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom brown embroidered name patches. As a professional the embroidered Patch supply factory , Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your embroidered patch.

The post Factory wholesale embroidered patches on hats first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14771
Custom brown embroidered name patches https://china-handbag-factory.com/embroidered-name-patches/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 05:39:18 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14757 In need of  this wholesale custom embroidered name patches? Bjarne embroidered patch maker will help you wholesale custom the embroidered name patches as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom embroidered name patches manufacturing including customizing embroidered patch material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom brown embroidered name patches first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom brown embroidered name patches material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized embroidered patch color

In the custom brown embroidered name patches, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized embroidered name patches label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for custom brown embroidered name patches. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Embroidered name patches wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom brown embroidered name patches. As a professional the embroidered patch supply factory , Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your embroidered patch.

The post Custom brown embroidered name patches first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14757
Womens best heated scarf wholesale custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/best-heated-scarf-wholesale-custom/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 08:08:34 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14713 In need of  this wholesale custom heated neck scarf? Bjarne heated scarf maker will help you wholesale custom the heating scarf as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom heated neck scarf manufacturing including customizing electric heated scarf material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Womens best heated scarf wholesale custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Womens best heated scarf wholesale custom

If you are looking for best heated scarf, this heated scarf is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Product information

 

Product size: 80cm long and 10cm wide

Input: 5V/1A

Rated power: 3.2w

Battery capacity: 2000mA (battery box is optional)

Material: ABS, spandex, polyester

 

Features and advantages of this heated scarf:

 

1.Exquisite packaging.

 

2.Hand washable.

 

3. Multi-part hot compress.

 

4. Heat storage to lock in temperature and keep warm for a long time.

 

5. The maximum use time at low temperature is about 5 hours.

 

6. Three levels of temperature are adjustable, allowing you to cope with different weather conditions.

 

7. Soft and waxy alpaca fabric, skin-friendly, comfortable and warm.

 

Wholesale customized heated neck scarf material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized heated neck scarf color

In the womens best heated scarf wholesale custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for womens best heated scarf wholesale custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Best heated scarf wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the womens best heated scarf wholesale custom. As a professional the heated scarf supply factory , Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your heating scarf.

The post Womens best heated scarf wholesale custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14713
Wholesale heated neck scarf with power bank https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-heated-neck-scarf/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 07:40:55 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14704 In need of  this wholesale custom heated neck scarf? Bjarne heated scarf maker will help you wholesale custom the heating scarf as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom heated neck scarf manufacturing including customizing electric heated scarf material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale heated neck scarf with power bank first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Customize electric heated scarf with usb charging

If you are looking for smart heating scarf, this heated scarf is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Product information

 

Style: Cartoon
Weight: 0.5kg
Product volume: 30cm * 10cm * 10cm
Product color: white/pink/red
Bonus power supply: 2800 mAh/5w/heating is stable at about 50°C

 

Features and advantages of this heated scarf:

 

1. Washable.
2. DuPont cotton filling.
3. Precise temperature control.
4. No radiation.
5. It heats up in three seconds.
6. Cartoon little yellow duck pattern, detachable design, super cute pattern.
7. Lipstick style power bank, easy to carry, small, cute and safe.

Wholesale customized heated neck scarf material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized heated neck scarf color

In the wholesale heated neck scarf with power bank, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for wholesale heated neck scarf with power bank. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Heated neck scarf wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale heated neck scarf with power bank. As a professional the heated scarf supply factory , Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your heating scarf.

The post Wholesale heated neck scarf with power bank first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14704
Customize electric heated scarf with usb charging https://china-handbag-factory.com/customize-electric-heated-scarf/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 06:54:38 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14695 In need of  this wholesale custom electric heated scarf? Bjarne heated scarf maker will help you wholesale custom the heating scarf as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom heated scarf manufacturing including customizing electric heated scarf material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customize electric heated scarf with usb charging first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Customize electric heated scarf with usb charging

If you are looking for smart heating scarf, this heated scarf is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Product information

 

Name: Heated scarf
Net weight: 128G
Rated power: 4W
Voltage: 5V
Size: length 76-80cm, width 9cm
Temperature setting: 35℃/45℃/55℃

 

Features and advantages of this heated scarf:

 

1. Soothes the meridians of the neck to expel coldness, and the intelligent constant temperature is safe and energy-saving.


2. One-click switching, three temperature levels, efficient warmth retention.


3. Temperature sensing, intelligent temperature control.


4. Selected from high-quality cotton filling, it can be recycled, fluffy, warm, light and breathable, and will keep you warm for a long time.


5. Wear it interchangeably without feeling tight, and adjust the tightness at will.


6. Invisible pocket, the mobile power supply is not easy to fall off.


7. The one-touch rubber button is wear-resistant and durable.

Wholesale customized electric heated scarf material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized electric heated scarf color

In the customize electric heated scarf with usb charging, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for customize electric heated scarf with usb charging. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Electric heated scarf wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customize electric heated scarf with usb charging. As a professional the heated scarf supply factory , Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your heating scarf.

The post Customize electric heated scarf with usb charging first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14695
Three levels temperature control heating scarf https://china-handbag-factory.com/heating-scarf/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 06:15:59 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14687 In need of  this wholesale custom heated scarf? Bjarne heated scarf maker will help you wholesale custom the heating scarf as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom heated scarf manufacturing including customizing heating scarf material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Three levels temperature control heating scarf first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom

If you are looking for smart heating scarf, this heated scarf is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Product information

 

Featured functions: infrared somatosensory heating/three-level temperature adjustment/static soaking and washing/lithium battery life


Power: 4w


Gross weight: 90g scarf + power bank 165g


Power supply mode: USB


Battery capacity: 1800MHA [9.5*3.5*2.5cm, 70g each]


Product specifications: 85*9 8cm


Packaging specifications: PVC frosted bag packaging


Outer box specifications: National towel [64*27*62cm]/power bank [41*29*24cm]


Quantity of the whole box: National towel [100 units/item]/Power bank [100 units/item]


Packing weight: Guojin [12KG] Power bank [7.5KG]

 

Features and advantages of this heating scarf:

 

1. Intelligent 5-second heating.


2. Relieve neck fatigue.


3. Promote blood circulation.


4. Safe and free of electromagnetic radiation.


5. Intelligent constant temperature system, automatically adjusts the temperature.


6. Can be machine washed, hand washed, easy to clean.


7. Comfortable and enjoyable, resistant to washing without deformation, anti-mites.


8. Hidden switch, simple and beautiful.


9. Interspersed straps on the back, simple and convenient.


10. Large-capacity power bank supports continuous heating.

Wholesale customized smart heating scarf material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf color

In the custom three levels temperature control heating scarf, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for three levels temperature control heating scarf. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Heating scarf wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the three levels temperature control heating scarf. As a professional the heated scarf supply factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your heating scarf.

The post Three levels temperature control heating scarf first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14687
Plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/heated-scarf-custom/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 03:43:19 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14671 In need of  this wholesale custom heated scarf? Bjarne heated scarf maker will help you wholesale custom the heating scarf as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom heated scarf manufacturing including customizing heating scarf material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom

If you are looking for smart heating scarf, this heated scarf is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Product information

 

Name: Heated scarf

 

Model: GHS2003-A

 

Fabric: long plush, heating sheet

 

Weight: 132g

 

Size: 10*82cm

 

Color: red, orange

 

Power output: 5V/2A

 

Maximum size of mobile power supply: 100*60mm

 

Features and advantages of this heated scarf:

 

1. Separate water and electricity for safe washing.

 

2. Rapid heating, stable and long-lasting heat transfer, safe and without radiation.

 

3. It adopts a three-color indicator light design, with different colors corresponding to different temperatures, and can easily cope with different weather changes.

 

4. The mobile power supply is safe to use and easy to store.

 

5. No tight feeling, adjust the tightness at will, and it is easy and quick to remove.

 

6. Delicate and soft, light and comfortable, with good thermal insulation performance and strong breathability.

Wholesale customized smart heating scarf material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf color

In the plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized heated scarf label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Heated scarf wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Plush fabric rechargeable heated scarf custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14671
Wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-smart-heating-scarf/ Sat, 18 Nov 2023 02:43:45 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14663 In need of  this wholesale customized smart heating scarf? Bjarne heated scarf maker will help you wholesale custom the heating scarf as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom smart heating scarf manufacturing including customizing heating scarf material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf

If you are looking for smart heating scarf, this heated scarf is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Product details:

 

Duration of use: 2h for high-end, 1.5h for mid-range, 1h for high-end.

 

Material: feather silk cotton, metal fiber heating sheet.

 

Product size: length 125cm, center width 7cm, side width 22cm.

 

Rated power: 4W.

 

Charging time: 40-50min.

 

Features and advantages of this smart heating scarf:

 

1. Smart chip has dual performance and high-efficiency heating, achieving quick heating in 5 seconds and lasting heating in 2 hours.

 

2. Three levels of temperature, one-button adjustment, convenient and convenient to warm as you like.

 

3. Flexible heating sheet, more durable 1500+ times of bending.

 

4. Select DuPont cotton filling which is light, breathable and warm.

 

5. It is light in weight, about 200g, and does not weigh on your shoulders.

 

6. Washable*, easy to clean.

 

7. The built-in mobile power supply is lightweight and burden-free.

Wholesale customized smart heating scarf material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized smart heating scarf color

In the wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized heating scarf label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Smart heating scarf wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale multifunction smart heating scarf first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14663
Custom mens aprons with pockets in coffee shop https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-aprons-with-pockets/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 10:18:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14625 In need of  this Wholesale custom aprons with pockets? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the aprons as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Canvas
  • Purpose: Antifouling
  • Applicable people: unisex
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the customized aprons including customizing aprons material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom mens aprons with pockets in coffee shop first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom mens aprons material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized men’s aprons color

In the custom aprons with pockets, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized aprons label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for custom aprons with pockets. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Process for custom aprons with pockets

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom aprons with pockets. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom mens aprons with pockets in coffee shop first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14625
Custom womens printing christmas aprons https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-womens-printing-christmas-aprons/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 08:52:40 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14616 In need of  this Wholesale custom christmas aprons? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the aprons as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: cloth
  • Size: 55x73cm
  • Applicable holidays: Christmas
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the customized aprons including customizing aprons material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom womens printing christmas aprons first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale customized christmas aprons material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized christmas aprons color

In the custom womens printing christmas aprons, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom christmas aprons label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for custom womens printing christmas aprons. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Christmas aprons wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom womens printing christmas aprons. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom womens printing christmas aprons first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14616
Wholesale polyester white apron for men women https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-white-apron-for-men/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 08:05:04 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14607 In need of  this Wholesale custom white apron? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the aprons as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 65x80cm, 70x80cm or customized
  • Material: cotton, polyester cotton, polyester
  • Style: Pockets can be added
  • Color: Processed as submitted
  • Printing: digital printing, silk screen printing, embroidery can also be used
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the customized aprons including customizing aprons material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale polyester white apron for men women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale customized aprons material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized women’s aprons color

In the wholesale polyester white apron for men women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized aprons label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for wholesale polyester white apron for men women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

White aprons wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale polyester white apron for men women. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale polyester white apron for men women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14607
Custom kids apron orange small with logo https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-kids-apron/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 06:30:08 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14595 In need of  this Wholesale custom kids apron? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the aprons as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Style: Korean style
  • Product size: small, medium, large (can be customized)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the customized aprons including customizing aprons material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom kids apron orange small with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom kids apron orange small with logo

If you are looking for custom kids apron orange small with logo, this apron is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of kids apron:

 

1. Adjustable neck strap, specially designed for children, the length can be adjusted arbitrarily to improve wearing comfort.

 

2. The tether design makes it easy to wear and the belt size is suitable for babies of all sizes.

 

3. The double-pocket design has undergone multiple manual and high-end treatments. It is environmentally friendly, odorless, not easily deformed, and highly practical. Small tools can be placed and taken out at any time.

 

4. The elastic band is designed on the back of the hat for comfort and convenience.

 

5. High-quality fabric, evenly dyed and layered, good elasticity and strong wear resistance.

Wholesale custom kids apron material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom kids apron color

In the custom kids apron orange small with logo, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized aprons label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for custom kids apron orange small with logo. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Kids apron wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom kids apron with logo. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom kids apron orange small with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14595
Wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-custom-funny-aprons/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 05:53:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14587 In need of  this Wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the aprons as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: pvc+coral vel
  • Weight 0.106kg
  • Purpose: waterproof, oil-proof
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the customized aprons including customizing aprons material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons

If you are looking for wholesale custom funny aprons, this work apron is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.


Features and advantages of this funny aprons:


1.Support customization.


2. Waterproof and oil proof.


3. Can be used to wipe hands.


4. Not easily deformed.


5. Sling design, easy to wear, comfortable and simple.


6. Large pocket/reinforcement: place small items such as mobile phone keys and other items easily.


7. Hand towels are made of coral velvet and are highly absorbent.


8. Drawstring design: It doesn’t matter your body shape, and the tightness can be controlled freely.

Wholesale customized aprons material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized women’s aprons color

In the wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized aprons label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Funny aprons wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale custom waterproof oil-proof funny aprons first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14587
Customized red polyester work aprons for women’s https://china-handbag-factory.com/customized-aprons-for-womens/ Thu, 16 Nov 2023 03:10:15 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14573 In need of  this wholesale customized aprons for women's? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the aprons as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Product size: 40cm * 39cm * 50cm
  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: red (can be customized)
  • Weight: 0.12kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom aprons manufacturing including customizing aprons material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customized red polyester work aprons for women’s first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Customized red polyester work aprons for women’s

If you are looking for customized aprons for women’s, this red polyester work apron is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this red polyester women’s work apron:

 

1. Skin-friendly and breathable, anti-wrinkle, wear-resistant, not easy to fade, not easy to pill, not easy to stick to hair, easy to wash and dry.

 

2. The H shoulder strap is widened and designed not to be flattering on your figure, making it comfortable to wear.

 

3. Separate pockets make it more convenient to access necessities and the service is more considerate.

 

4. Applicable to a wide range of scenarios, such as home kitchens, cafes, beauty salons and other places.

 

5. Multiple colors, choose at will.

 

6. Customized LOGO.

 

Wholesale customized aprons material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale customized women’s aprons color

In the customized aprons for women’s, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale customized aprons label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for customized red polyester work aprons for women’s. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Women's work apron wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized red polyester work aprons for women’s. As a professional the bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Customized red polyester work aprons for women’s first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14573
Custom 14 laptop case crossbody briefcase tote https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-14-laptop-case/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 09:29:18 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14100 In need of  this custom wholesale 14 laptop case? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: nylon and leather
  • Lining: Smooth polyester lining
  • Weight: 13&13.3 inches/0.52kg; 14 inches/0.56kg; 15 inches/0.59kg
  • Carrying method: Hand-held and cross-body
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom 14 laptop case manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom 14 laptop case crossbody briefcase tote first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom 14 laptop case material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom 14 laptop case color

In the custom 14 laptop case crossbody briefcase tote, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom 14 laptop case label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom 14 laptop case crossbody briefcase tote. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

14 laptop case wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom 14 laptop case crossbody briefcase tote. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom 14 laptop case crossbody briefcase tote first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14100
Wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6 https://china-handbag-factory.com/pu-laptop-sleeve-for-macbook-15-6/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 08:32:12 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14077 In need of  this custom wholesale laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU leather
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Weight: 0.3kg
  • Computer size: 16 inches
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom pu leather laptop sleeve manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6 first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6

If you are looking for a suitable pu leather laptop sleeve, this 15.6 laptop sleeve is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this pu leather laptop sleeve:

 

1. Simple and stylish, ultra-thin and light weight.

 

2. Anti-slip/wear-resistant/shock-resistant/water-proof fabric, fine frosted feel.

 

3. Double magnet lock, strong suction, not easy to fall off.

 

4. A variety of colors, processes and specifications to choose from.

 

Wholesale custom 15.6 laptop sleeve material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather laptop sleeve color

In the wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather laptop sleeve label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

PU leather laptop sleeve wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale matte PU laptop sleeve for macbook 15.6 first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14077
Custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve https://china-handbag-factory.com/pu-leather-laptop-sleeve/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 07:50:56 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14063 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather laptop sleeve? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: leather + sponge inside bag
  • Color: brown/black/grey/light blue/light pink/burgundy
  • 11 inches (150g) external specifications: 32.5×23×2cm; internal specifications: 31×21.5×1.5cm
  • Product specifications: 7 inches/10 inches/11 inches/13 inches/13.3 inches/15 inches/15.6 inches
  • Product functions: waterproof/breathable/wear-resistant/burden-reducing/seismic-resistant
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom pu leather laptop sleeve manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve

If you are looking for a suitable leather laptop sleeve, this pu leather laptop sleeve is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this pu leather laptop sleeve:

 

1. Anti-scratch and wear-resistant fabric.

 

2. Excellent waterproof performance.

 

3.High quality and smooth double zipper.

 

4. Thickened super velvet lining.

 

5. Neat and firm stitching.

 

6. Lightweight and large space.

 

Wholesale custom leather laptop sleeve material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather laptop sleeve color

In the custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom leather laptop sleeve label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

PU leather laptop sleeve wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom brown waterproof pu leather laptop sleeve first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14063
Horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/laptop-coverings-bag-custom/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 06:58:48 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14046 In need of  this custom wholesale laptop coverings bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: polyester
  • Lining: nylon
  • Product color: light gray/dark gray/navy/black/pink
  • Product specifications: 7 inches/10 inches/11 inches/13 inches/13.3 inches/15 inches/15.6 inches
  • Product functions: waterproof/breathable/wear-resistant/burden-reducing/seismic-resistant
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom laptop coverings bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom

If you are looking for a suitable laptop coverings bag, this laptop coverings bag is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this laptop coverings bag:

 

1. It adopts metal two-way zipper, which is more convenient and easy to pull during use.

 

2. Neat needlework, neat stitching, comfortable fabric, not easy to strangle hands.

 

3. Add two tongue pages to prevent the zipper from scratching items.

 

4. The multi-layered bag has a larger space and can carry more items.

 

Wholesale custom diaper bag backpack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom laptop coverings color

In the horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom laptop coverings label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Laptop coverings bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Horizontal style laptop coverings bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14046
Colorful leaf print 16 laptop sleeve wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/16-laptop-sleeve-wholesale/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 06:58:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14045 In need of  this custom wholesale 16 laptop sleeve? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Specifications: 16 size, length 420mm*width 298mm*thickness 28mm
  • Applicable computer type: HP OMEN Shadow Elf 8 PLUS (17.3")
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom 16 laptop sleeve manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Colorful leaf print 16 laptop sleeve wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom 16 laptop sleeve material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom 16 laptop sleeve color

In the print 16 laptop sleeve wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom 16 laptop sleeve label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the colorful leaf print 16 laptop sleeve wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

16 laptop sleeve wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the colorful leaf print 16 laptop sleeve wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Colorful leaf print 16 laptop sleeve wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14045
Custom printing laptop sleeve 11 14 15 inches https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-laptop-sleeve/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 06:27:44 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14033 In need of  this custom wholesale laptop sleeve? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining texture: nylon
  • Color: green flowers, red hearts, pink flowers, tulips
  • Large size: Top width 40*Bottom width 40*Height 28*Thickness 3cm/0. 22kg
  • Medium size: Top width 35*Bottom width 35*Height 26*Thickness 3cm/0. 17kg
  • Small size: Top width 29*Bottom width 29*Height 21*Thickness 3cm/0. 13kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom laptop sleeve manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom printing laptop sleeve 11 14 15 inches first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom laptop sleeve material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom laptop sleeve color

In the custom printing laptop sleeve 11 14 15 inches, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom laptop sleeve label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom printing laptop sleeve 11 14 15 inches. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Laptop sleeve wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom printing laptop sleeve 11 14 15 inches. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom printing laptop sleeve 11 14 15 inches first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14033
Wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit https://china-handbag-factory.com/mini-diaper-bag-kit/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 03:35:16 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=14010 In need of  this custom wholesale mini diaper bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Large handbag: 35*15*30cm/0.38kg
  • Small handbag: 27*13*24cm/0.33kg
  • Bottle bag: 18*8cm/0.08kg
  • Small meal bag: 14*7cm/0.09kg
  • Diaper pad: 51*30cm/0.09kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom mini diaper bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit

If you are looking for a suitable mini diaper bag kit, this diaper bag kit is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this diaper bag kit:

 

1. Independent bottle compartment, easy to access.

 

2. The weight of the bag is about 0.38kg, which reduces the pressure on the mother’s shoulders and protects the fragile spine after childbirth.

 

3. Large capacity, you can pack it all in one pack when you go out, divided storage for baby life, easy to pack.

 

4. Comes with diaper pad design, silent opening and closing, usable anywhere, dustproof and light filtering, stable support.

 

5. Three carrying modes, (portable, shoulder, crossbody) can be exchanged at will, convenient and fast.

 

Wholesale custom mini diaper bag kit material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mini diaper bag kit color

In the wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mini diaper bag kit label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Mini diaper bag kit wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale multifunction blue mini diaper bag kit first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
14010
Customize pu leather tote diaper bag organizer https://china-handbag-factory.com/customize-tote-diaper-bag-organizer/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 02:54:49 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13998 In need of  this custom wholesale tote diaper bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU
  • Lining texture: polyester fiber
  • Size: customized
  • Color: light gray, black, off-white, apricot (can be customized)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom diaper bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customize pu leather tote diaper bag organizer first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tote diaper bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather tote diaper bag color

In the customize pu leather tote diaper bag organizer, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather tote diaper bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customize pu leather tote diaper bag organizer. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pu leather tote diaper bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customize pu leather tote diaper bag organizer. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Customize pu leather tote diaper bag organizer first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13998
Multifunctional crossbody diaper bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/crossbody-diaper-bag-wholesale/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 02:25:05 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13989 In need of  this custom wholesale crossbody diaper bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: light gray, black, blue
  • Opening method: zipper
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom crossbody diaper bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Multifunctional crossbody diaper bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom crossbody diaper bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom crossbody diaper bag color

In the Multifunctional crossbody diaper bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag tote label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the multifunctional crossbody diaper bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Crossbody diaper bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the multifunctional crossbody diaper bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Multifunctional crossbody diaper bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13989
Custom made diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-made-diaper-bag-tote/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 01:46:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13979 In need of  this custom wholesale diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: customized
  • Color: customized
  • Size: customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom diaper bag backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom made diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom diaper bag backpack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag tote color

In the custom made diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag tote label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom made diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Diaper bag tote mommy bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom made diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom made diaper bag tote mommy bag with usb first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13979
Customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack https://china-handbag-factory.com/customized-diaper-bag-backpack/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 12:17:40 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13967 In need of  this custom wholesale diaper bag backpack? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: Multiple colors available
  • Size: width 26*thickness 18*height 38 (cm*cm*cm)
  • Product material: Oxford cloth
  • Weight: 0.45KG
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom diaper bag backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack

If you are looking for a suitable diaper bag backpack, this diaper bag is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this diaper bag backpack:

 

1.Multiple colors available.

 

2. Multiple compartment design, scientifically classified storage, easy to take.

 

3. Convenient side-drawing paper bag, easy to take.

 

4. Set up an independent aluminum foil thermal insulation warehouse to drink hot milk anytime and anywhere.

 

5. Concealed back pocket for easy access and safe travel.

 

6. Locking handle, combined with zipper to prevent leakage and double safety.

 

7. Adjustable buckle reduces burden and is breathable to protect the back and spine.

 

8. The portable reinforced design is beautiful and practical, has strong bearing capacity and is not easy to break.

 

9. Stroller buckle, free your hands and travel easily.

 

10. The bag body is reinforced in multiple places and is not easy to break.

 

Wholesale custom diaper bag backpack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag backpack color

In the customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag backpack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Diaper bag backpack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Customized multifunctional diaper bag backpack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13967
Custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer https://china-handbag-factory.com/diaper-bag-for-moms-designer/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 11:40:51 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13955 In need of  this custom wholesale diaper bag for moms designer? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 29cm*16cm*36cm
  • Weight: 0.51kg
  • Material: Nylon
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: Multiple colors available
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale diaper bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer

If you are looking for a suitable hard case for cameras, this diaper bag is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this nylon diaper bag:

 

1. Comes with a diaper pad, which is comfortable but not leaking, not stuffy, dry and comfortable, and washable.

 

2. The buckle design can be easily hung on the stroller, saving mothers more effort.

 

3. Designed with a bottle insulation pocket to keep heat longer and last longer.

 

4. Dry and wet separation, reasonable layering.

 

5. Light weight and comfortable to carry.

 

6. Water-repellent fabric, strong and durable.

 

7. Large capacity, multiple pockets, easy to take.

 

8. The shoulder strap connection is reinforced with sewing thread, which is strong and durable.

 

9. The shoulder straps are adjustable and the length can be adjusted according to different heights to meet your needs.

 

Wholesale custom diaper bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag color

In the custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom diaper bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Diaper bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom nylon diaper bag for moms designer first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13955
Custom zipper waterproof camera bag for men https://china-handbag-factory.com/waterproof-camera-bag-for-men/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 10:28:47 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13933 In need of  this custom wholesale waterproof camera bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: customized
  • Color: customized
  • Material: customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale waterproof camera bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom zipper waterproof camera bag for men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom waterproof camera bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom waterproof camera bag color

In the custom zipper waterproof camera bag for men, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom waterproof camera bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom zipper waterproof camera bag for men. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Waterproof camera bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom zipper waterproof camera bag for men. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom zipper waterproof camera bag for men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13933
Wholesale khaki cylinder nylon cannon camera bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-cannon-camera-bag/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 09:22:35 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13921 In need of  this custom wholesale cannon camera bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Nylon
  • Material texture: flannel
  • Weight: 0.26kgColor: khaki, gray black
  • [Exterior] Cylinder diameter 13cm*height 26cm
    [Inner hollow] Diameter 11.5cm*Height 24cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale cannon camera bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale khaki cylinder nylon cannon camera bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom cannon camera bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cannon camera bag color

In the wholesale khaki cylinder nylon cannon camera bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cannon camera bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale khaki cylinder nylon cannon camera bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Cannon camera bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale khaki cylinder nylon cannon camera bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale khaki cylinder nylon cannon camera bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13921
Custom dark gray waterproof travel camera case https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-travel-camera-case/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 08:49:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13911 In need of  this custom wholesale travel camera case bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Specifications: 40(W)*23(L)*14(H) (cm*cm*cm)
  • Style: single shoulder
  • Color: light gray/dark gray
  • Fabric: dragon cloth
  • Weight: 0.7kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale travel camera case bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom dark gray waterproof travel camera case first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom travel camera case bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom travel camera case bag color

In the custom dark gray waterproof travel camera case, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom travel camera case label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom dark gray waterproof travel camera case. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Travel camera case bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom dark gray waterproof travel camera case. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom dark gray waterproof travel camera case first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13911
Portable shoulder sling camera bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/sling-camera-bag-wholesale/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 08:22:38 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13902 In need of  this custom wholesale sling camera bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 17cm * 24cm * 13cm
  • Weight: 0.4kg
  • Material: Nylon
  • Opening method: zipper
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale sling camera bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Portable shoulder sling camera bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom sling camera bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom sling camera bag color

In the portable shoulder sling camera bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom sling camera bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the portable shoulder sling camera bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Sling camera bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the portable shoulder sling camera bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Portable shoulder sling camera bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13902
Custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-canvas-storage-hard-case-for-cameras/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 07:51:50 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13889 In need of  this custom wholesale hard case for cameras? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Product name: Action camera storage bag
  • Material: high quality leather
  • Size: 9.8*7.5*4.5cm
  • Product list: Storage bag*1
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale camera bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras

If you are looking for a suitable hard case for cameras, this camera bag is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

 

Features and advantages of this EVA canvas storage hard case:

 

1. Made of waterproof fabric, it has water-repellent properties, so you don’t have to worry about the valuables in the bag getting wet.

 

2. Soft velvet interior is anti-collision and anti-scratch.

 

3. Lens protrusion protection effectively prevents falling and pressure.

 

4. Compact and portable, can be held in the palm of your hand and can be stored with a frame.

 

Wholesale custom storage hard case material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom EVA canvas storage hard case color

In the custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom EVA canvas storage hard case label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

EVA canvas storage hard case bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom EVA canvas storage hard case for cameras first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13889
Wholesale designer camera bag for women men https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-designer-camera-bag/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 07:00:12 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13878 In need of  this custom wholesale designer camera bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Dragon dance cloth + PU
  • Opening method: covered type
  • Weight: 0.25KG
  • Size: 23*10*18 (cm*cm*cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale designer camera bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale designer camera bag for women men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale designer camera bag for women men

If you are looking for a suitable designer camera bag, this camera bag is a good choice. It has a variety of colors, craftsmanship, specifications, and materials to choose from, and supports LOGO customization.

Features and advantages of this camera bag:

1. Portable and multi-functional, you can install it according to your personal needs and put down the camera easily.

2. One bag has two uses, it can be used not only as a photography bag, but also as an ordinary bag.

3. The thoughtful back pocket can hold mobile phones and other small items, making it easy to use.

4. High-quality waterproof fabric, waterproof and scratch-resistant.

5. The bag only weighs 0.25kg.

6. The opening and closing adopts a double anti-theft design, strong Velcro + strong magnet buckle.

 

Wholesale custom electrician tool pouch material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom designer camera bag color

In the wholesale designer camera bag for women men, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom designer camera bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale designer camera bag for women men. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Designer camera bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale designer camera bag for women men. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale designer camera bag for women men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13878
Wholesale black electrician tool pouch with belt https://china-handbag-factory.com/electrician-tool-pouch-with-belt/ Wed, 01 Nov 2023 05:39:13 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13768 In need of  this custom wholesale electrician tool pouch with belt? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Dimensions: 17 x 27 cm
  • Fabric: 600D Oxford cloth
  • Color: Black + Yellow Ribbon ;Black + Red Ribbon
  • Net weight: 0.075kg
  • Packing bag: PE transparent bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale electrician tool pouch bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale black electrician tool pouch with belt first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom electrician tool pouch material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom electrician tool pouch color

In the wholesale black electrician tool pouch with belt, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom electrician tool pouch label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale black electrician tool pouch with belt. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Electrician tool pouch bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale black electrician tool pouch with belt. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale black electrician tool pouch with belt first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13768
Custom 600D oxford cloth electrician tool bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-electrician-tool-bag/ Wed, 01 Nov 2023 02:35:55 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13755 In need of  this custom wholesale electrician tool bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Dimensions: 26 x 11 x 34 cm
  • Fabric: 600D Oxford cloth
  • Color: black khaki
  • Net weight: 0. 4 kg
  • Packing size: 25*25*3cm
  • Packaging: PE transparent bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale electrician tool bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom 600D oxford cloth electrician tool bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom electrician tool bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom electrician tool bag color

In the custom 600D oxford cloth electrician tool bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom electrician tool bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom 600D oxford cloth electrician tool bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Electrician tool bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom 600D oxford cloth electrician tool bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom 600D oxford cloth electrician tool bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13755
Black oxford tool pouches storage bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/tool-pouches-storage-bag-wholesale/ Wed, 01 Nov 2023 02:15:29 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13745 In need of  this custom wholesale tool pouches bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Dimensions: 25.5 x 12.5 x 3 cm
  • Fabric: 600D encrypted fabric
  • Colour: Black
  • Net weight: 0.16KGS
  • Single package size: 28*15*3cm
  • Packing size: 52*45*38cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale tool pouches bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Black oxford tool pouches storage bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tool pouches bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom tool pouches bag color

In the black oxford tool pouches storage bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom tool pouches bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the black oxford tool pouches storage bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Tool pouches bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the black oxford tool pouches storage bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Black oxford tool pouches storage bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13745
Wholesale pu leather tool belt bag for makeup https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-pu-leather-tool-belt-bag/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 12:18:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13733 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather tool belt bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 34*27cm
  • Colour: Black
  • Material:pu
  • Lining texture: PU
  • PU zipper waist bag capacity: two rows of makeup brush storage holes, a total of 22 holes + two holes in the middle, 4 large compartments, 1 small square bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pu leather tool belt bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale pu leather tool belt bag for makeup first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tool belt bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather tool belt bag color

In the wholesale pu leather tool belt bag for makeup, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather tool belt bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale pu leather tool belt bag for makeup. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pu leather tool belt bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale pu leather tool belt bag for makeup. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale pu leather tool belt bag for makeup first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13733
Custom waterproof and wear resistant tool pouch https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-tool-pouch/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 12:00:48 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13724 In need of  this custom wholesale tool pouch bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Load bearing: 10KG
  • Colour: Black
  • Plate: EVA
  • Surface material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining material: EVA rubber sheet
  • Model JK-101 size: 67*16cm
    Model jk-102 Size: 52*13cm
    Model JK-103 size: 60*16cm
    Model JK-104 size: 52*13cm
    Model JK-105 size: 25*21cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale tool pouch bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom waterproof and wear resistant tool pouch first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tool pouch material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom tool pouch color

In the custom waterproof and wear resistant tool pouch, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom tool pouch label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom waterproof and wear resistant tool pouch. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Tool pouch bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom waterproof and wear resistant tool pouch. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom waterproof and wear resistant tool pouch first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13724
600D polyester electrical tool bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/electrical-tool-bag-wholesale/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 11:40:38 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13714 In need of  this custom wholesale electrical tool bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight:145g
  • Packaging:OPP bag
  • Product material:600D polyester
  • Product specifications:21*24CM
  • Product color:Black body, brown edging, blue edge, red edge
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale electrical tool bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post 600D polyester electrical tool bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom electrical tool bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale electrical tool bag color

In the 600D polyester electrical tool bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom electrical tool bag pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the 600D polyester electrical tool bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Electrical tool bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the 600D polyester electrical tool bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post 600D polyester electrical tool bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13714
Custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag for ladies https://china-handbag-factory.com/waist-chest-bag-crossbody-sling-bag-for-ladies/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 08:13:52 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13689 In need of  this custom wholesale waist chest bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.1KG
  • Fabric: special
  • Shoulder strap: 80
  • Usage: Shoulder/Cross-body
  • Capacity: Store mobile phones, wallets, cosmetics, etc
  • Specifications: Width 33.5CM*Height 16CM*Bottom Thickness 9CM
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale waist chest bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag for ladies first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale crossbody chest sling bag color

In the custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag for ladies, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom women’s chest sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag for ladies. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Waist chest bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag for ladies. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom waist chest bag crossbody sling bag for ladies first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13689
Custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack https://china-handbag-factory.com/stylish-concealed-carry-fanny-pack/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:47:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13680 In need of  this custom wholesale stylish concealed carry fanny pack? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: nylon fabric
  • Lining: polyester
  • Weight: about 0.10 (KG)
  • Capacity: Can store wallet, mobile phone, power bank, etc.
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale stylish concealed carry fanny pack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack

If you are looking for a suitable stylish concealed carry fanny pack, this fanny pack is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This stylish concealed carry fanny pack has the following features:

 

1. Multifunctional casual small bag, can be carried on one shoulder/chest bag/waist bag and other ways.

 

2. The length of the bag shoulder strap is adjustable and can be worn as a shoulder bag or crossbody to meet the needs of different occasions.

 

3. Multi-compartment design, clear classification, practical large capacity + multiple storage.

 

4.Multiple colors available.

 

5. Smooth zipper, smooth pulling and no jamming.

 

6. Shoulder strap buckle link.

 

7. Water-repellent nylon fabric, light and strong, comfortable and durable.

 

The wholesale custom stylish concealed carry fanny pack, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the fanny pack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom stylish concealed carry fanny pack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale stylish concealed carry fanny pack color

In the custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom stylish concealed carry fanny pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Stylish concealed carry fanny pack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom pink stylish concealed carry fanny pack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13680
Wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-fanny-pack-women/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:04:27 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13669 In need of  this custom wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Nylon
  • Weight:0.16kg
  • Shoulder strap size: 120cm
  • Product size: top width 33* bottom width 16* height 15* thickness 9 (cm*cm*cm*cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom women fanny pack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom women fanny pack color

In the wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom women fanny pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Women fanny pack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale fanny pack women crossbody chest bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13669
Women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/mini-bumbag-wholesale/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 06:27:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13657 In need of  this custom wholesale mini bumbag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: 600D Oxford cloth
  • Lining: polyester, PVC waterproof coating
  • Size:35*14CM
  • Weight: 100G
  • Color: Nine colors available
  • Maximum waist circumference: about 145CM
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mini bumbag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable mini bumbag, this bumbag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This mini bumbag has the following features:

 

1. High density waterproof oxford fabric.

 

2. High-quality zipper, smooth and good bite force.

 

3. Widen the buckle, firm and shockproof.

 

4. Movable Japanese buckle, adjustable waist length.

 

The wholesale custom mini bumbag, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mini bumbag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom women’s bumbag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mini bumbag color

In the women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mini bumbag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Mini bumbag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Women fashion sports mini bumbag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13657
Custom brown mini waist bags pack for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-brown-mini-waist-bags-pack-for-women/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 05:50:22 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13647 In need of  this custom wholesale waist bag women's chest bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Size: 19×12.5x6cm
  • Weight: 200g
  • Color: black, white, gray, brown
  • Capacity: Can accommodate cash, mobile phones, bills, credit cards
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale waist bag women's chest bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom brown mini waist bags pack for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Brown pu waist bag women’s chest bag custom

If you are looking for a suitable waist bag women’s chest bag, this women’s chest bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This waist bag women’s chest bag has the following features:

 

1. The PU leather texture is clear, scratch-resistant and wear-resistant.

 

2. Durable and wear-resistant high-quality double zippers, smooth to pull.

 

3. The belt is soft and wide, comfortable to wear.

 

4. Can accommodate multiple credit cards, mobile phones, cash, bills and other personal belongings at the same time.

 

5. Multiple colors available, support customized LOGO.

 

The wholesale custom waist bag women’s chest bag, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the waist bag women’s chest bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom women’s chest bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale waist bag women’s chest bag color

In the brown pu waist bag women’s chest bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom waist bag women’s chest bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the brown pu waist bag women’s chest bag custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Waist bag women's chest bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the brown pu waist bag women’s chest bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom brown mini waist bags pack for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13647
Fashionable faux leather fanny pack women’s https://china-handbag-factory.com/fashionable-faux-leather-fanny-pack-womens/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 03:48:05 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13635 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather fanny pack for womens? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: black/brown, off-white/brown
  • Weight: 0.21kg
  • Material: PU
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pu leather fanny pack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Fashionable faux leather fanny pack women’s first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom leather fanny pack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale pu leather fanny pack color

In the wholesale pu leather fanny pack for womens, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather fanny pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale pu leather fanny pack for womens. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pu leather fanny pack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale pu leather fanny pack for womens. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Fashionable faux leather fanny pack women’s first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13635
Wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-mens-belt-bag/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 09:03:24 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13615 In need of  this custom wholesale mens belt bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: canvas
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: Army green, black, blue
  • Size: 25*5*11.5(cm*cm*cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mens belt bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag

If you are looking for a suitable mens belt bag, this canvas chest bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This mens belt bag has the following features:

 

1. Fashionable wide shoulder strap design.

 

2. Preferably washed Oxford fabric, which has good hand feel, is water-repellent and scratch-resistant.

 

3.Multiple colors available.

 

4. It is equipped with a main bag, a front bag and a back bag, which makes storage and retrieval orderly and easy to organize.

 

The wholesale custom mens belt bag, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mens belt bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mens belt bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale mens belt bag color

In the wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mens belt bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Mens belt bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale mens belt bag blue canvas chest bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13615
Men’s fashionable fanny pack crossbody custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/mens-fashionable-fanny-pack-crossbody-custom/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 08:30:13 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13605 In need of  this custom wholesale fanny pack men crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Lining texture: nylon
  • Function: breathable, waterproof
  • Color: black, gray, royal blue
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale fanny pack men crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Men’s fashionable fanny pack crossbody custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Parameters of this men’s fanny pack

Bajrne men’s fanny pack is suitable for people who carry things that are less than 10 inches in length. Bajrne men’s fanny bags measure 30 cm in length, 8 cm in width and 20 cm in height. Smartphones and tablets can easily fit into this crossbody bag. That’s right! It can also be worn as a crossbody bag, a belt bag, or a shoulder fanny pack. You can even use it as a handbag because of its existing handheld strap close to the zipper closure. The unit itself weighs 0.4 kg so it is moderately lighter than other heavier options.

Features of this men’s fashionable fanny pack crossbody

This fashionable fanny pack includes several features that you should take note of. These things are essential to fully utilize the function of this stylish fanny pack.

1. It is wear-resistant, water-repellent and scratch-resistant. The buckle and material themselves are made to endure frequent use.

2. Interior pocket- The fanny pack mens suitability increases with the presence of an interior pocket for organization. It enhances the easy access of the accessories, especially when in need.

3. Exterior compartment- The separated compartment on the outside serves as another part of the space organization. It suits 10 inch tablets or smartphones for easy access and without opening the main compartment.

4. Serves as a rear bag – If you want safety and convenience, then with its size, you can use it as a rear bag.

5. It is also easy to carry in multiple ways: as a shoulder fanny pack, fanny pack crossbody, and even a belt bag.

6. It is smooth and comfortable to hold, especially the edges and the customized brand slider.

7. The braided shoulder strap is also adjustable in accordance with your needs.

Custom waterproof fanny pack men crossbody bag

Benefits of men’s fashionable fanny pack crossbody custom

Buying a custom made fanny pack crossbody bag has offered its users several benefits you can sometimes never get from a normal backpack. In case you have difficulty deciding, here we present five benefits you can get with a custom crossbody fashionable fanny pack.

1. Style and Trendiness– With the simple style, you can get with the flow of the current trend of crossbody bags. Take a look at its overall style, you will not be ashamed of how timeless it looks like! Especially if it is customized as a fanny packs black bag, you can showcase your desired designs to make it fashionable and stylish.

2. Versatility and Convenience– For a custom small fanny pack, you can personalize wearing options while using it as it is easy to carry.

3. Practical and Organized Storage – With its multiple compartments, you can use it for organization of your belongings. You can also customize it depending on the design you can think of.

4. Customization Options– In Bajrne, we aim to provide and follow the potential of the customer’s wishes, even though it is still subject to availability and timeframe. You can request a customized design and inquire about it. You choose from a lot of options from color, material, and size to suit your preferences.

5. Comfortable and Lightweight – The design of the basic wholesale fanny pack is lightweight. It is also designed with comfort as a priority so it can be suitable in many activities, especially in active outings.

fanny pack men fashion

Why choose Bajrne custom fanny packs for guys?

With the mentioned features and customization you can think of, Bajrne was able to reflect this on our 18 years of experience as a bag manufacturer. Whenever you are in doubt, visit our company building or you can always read the About Us page and take a look at the companies we supplied for branded bags. In this way, you can personally assess our business image for possible cooperation in the future.

In addition to fanny pack mens, what are Bajrne’s other belt bag styles?

Bajrne offers customization for our belt bags. The following are included and are popularly known and can serve as your basis for personalization:

1. Classic Waist Belt Bag– A classic belt bag is always a go to when it comes to popular but timeless designs for customers. If you opt to order a wholesale belt bag, you can request this as your primary sample, especially if you want to design it yourself or you just want to appeal to your customers who like a stylish and classical design.

2. Crossbody Belt Bag – Similar to a fanny pack crossbody, you can also order a crossbody belt bag suitable for your needs. This is very common and is widely used in different ages. It is more flexible and is secured because of its diagonal wear position.

3. Convertible Belt Bag– Just like our adjustable straps, our belt bags can also be available in removable straps if desired. This will allow a variety of ways on how to style or position the bag on your body. It is very beneficial for a small fanny pack to be used and be transformed to be adaptable in accordance to specific occasions and outfits.

Bajrne’s fashionable fanny pack specifications and options

Bajrne men’s fanny bags custom material options

The choices of the material varies depending on your preference. But below are the most common materials requested for customization other than Nylon:

  • Cotton canvas
  • Polyester
  • RPET
  • Oxford cloth
  •  
fanny pack men waist

Fashionable fanny pack custom color options

The choices of the color varies depending on your preference of material and overall design. However, Bajrne offers three basic colors to choose from.

  • Black
  • Gray
  • Baolon (Deep Rich Blue)

Bajrne fanny packs black size

You can always add the personalized size of your choice following the fanny pack crossbody customization process. However for basic wholesale type, a single men’s fanny pack measures 30 cm x 8 cm x 20 cm. Note that there may be 1-3 cm of error when receiving it which is typical in manufacturing. The size may also be affected by the usage of the pocket compartment and what belongings you might insert inside.

Applicable genders and scenarios of Bajrne stylish fanny pack

The fanny pack mens Bajrne product is available in colors more suitable for men. But the basic color options available are gender neutral and can be used for women who like such colors. The size also suits men in general, but can be used for women who are used to such sizes. In conclusion, anyone can use it, especially if you add personalization to the mix.

Small fanny pack patterns, what can Bajrne provide?

You have all the options you can think of and you can request all of them in one go. The only concern of this is the readily available materials that are necessary for construction. But most of the time, Bajrne makes out of all the problems and provides you the exact same way you wanted it or something better. But you can choose one below for your reference. Keep in mind that these options are not bound to anything at all as you can even request other ways of doing things.

  • Silk printing
  • Embroidery
  • Woven label
  • Leather debossed logo, and
  • Metal logo
fanny pack men crossbody bag

Bajrne shoulder fanny pack style

There are different ways to style a shoulder fanny pack. You can do it everyday, in sports, outside of school, or even in adventures. The thing is, there are several options out there and can be confusing. Below are examples on the styles Bajrne fanny pack is inspired of:

1. Minimalist Crossbody Bag – With its appearance, the shoulder fanny pack can be used as a minimalist crossbody bag. Our basic type of shoulder fanny pack is available as in classic design and can be used almost anywhere and any way. Without customization, it can stand as an everyday bag with plenty of space for your creativity.

2. Sporty Sling Bag– This men’s fanny pack can be utilized by players in any sport. This bag offers convenience with the friendly design of pockets so it can be suitable for a fast-paced environment. You can even wear it for your everyday jogs.

3. Travel Crossbody Bag– As a small fanny pack, you can even use this in your travel with your friends and family. If you are the one who needs important belongings to keep close to you to make you feel secure, you can grab one of these. It is durable enough for activities and even in active travels to keep important accessories safe with you.

4. Tech-Friendly Sling Bag – With the mention of security, you can readily grab this as one of the bags you can trust. Using it as a shoulder fanny pack every day to secure your smartphones, earphones, and tablets is our recommended ultimate way for safety.

Men’s fashionable fanny pack crossbody customization process

To start requesting the custom made fanny packs for guys, you can review the steps below to guide you with the overall process of the customization.

  1. Inquiry(Visit our Contact Us page)
  2. Sending of Quotation(Prices for the request of materials for the men’s fanny bags)
  3. Discussion of Request(Discussion of other specifications of the men’s fanny pack)
  4. Confirmation of Samples (Number and specifications of samples)
  5. Contract Signing & Deposit (Agreement and downpayment)
  6. Mass Production (Massive production samples based on the quantity of the fashionable fanny pack)
  7. Ready for Shipment (Preparation for shipping)
  8. Balance & Delivery (Pay the remaining balance at the delivery)
  9. Further Cooperation(Checking or completion of delivery and product status)
  10. After-Sales Service (Contact and communication for further checking and evaluation of products and services)

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom waterproof fanny pack men crossbody bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Men’s fashionable fanny pack crossbody custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13605
Korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/black-fanny-pack-custom/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 07:54:46 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13595 In need of  this custom wholesale black fanny pack? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.34kg
  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Size: 25cm * 15cm * 15cm
  • Color: light gray, dark blue, black
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale black fanny pack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom

If you are looking for a suitable black fanny pack, this fanny pack is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This fanny pack has the following features:

 

1. Four uses in one package (chest/waist/shoulder/carry), simple and smart.

 

2. Pressure-reducing elastic cotton, breathable and sweat-wicking, no pressure on the chest.

 

3. Smooth and non-rusty, greatly expanding the bag capacity.

 

4.5 level anti-scratch and anti-cut, 80% of the surface area is wear-resistant and anti-scratch fabric, no scratches when traveling.

 

5. Made of comfortable and lightweight fabric, the bag will not be too heavy.

 

6. The thoughtful reflective strip design on the bag body makes traveling safer.

 

7. Separated design, easy storage, comfortable and portable.

 

8. The shoulder straps can be used to hang glasses on the left and right sides, making travel convenient.

 

9. Front zipper anti-theft bag, which can hold mobile phones, cash and other valuables.

 

The wholesale custom black fanny pack, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the fanny pack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom men fanny pack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom black fanny pack color

In the korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom black fanny pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Black fanny pack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Korean black fanny pack crossbody chest bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13595
Custom black chest bag coach belt bag for men https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-coach-belt-bag/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 07:16:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13583 In need of  this custom wholesale coach belt bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Colour: Black
  • Weight:0.11kg
  • Material:null
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Size:12.4*6.2 inches
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale coach belt bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom black chest bag coach belt bag for men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom coach belt bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom coach belt bag color

In the custom black chest bag coach belt bag for men, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom coach belt bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom black chest bag coach belt bag for men. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Coach belt bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom black chest bag coach belt bag for men. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom black chest bag coach belt bag for men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13583
Men’s black shoulder fanny pack bulk wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/mens-black-shoulder-fanny-pack-bulk-wholesale/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 06:44:20 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13574 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather fanny pack? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Usage: casual street, short trip, street photography
  • Fabric: PU (lined with polyester)
  • Specifications: 15cm (height) * 35cm (width) * 5cm (thickness)
  • Weight: Bag net weight 0.19KG
  • Interior: Can store mobile phones, folding umbrellas, wallets, etc.
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pu leather fanny pack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Men’s black shoulder fanny pack bulk wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Waterproof zipper pu leather fanny pack wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable pu leather fanny pack, this fanny pack is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This pu leather fanny pack has the following features:

 

1. Fashionable and multifunctional (can be used as a waist bag, chest bag, or crossbody bag).

 

2. Multiple colors can be selected (black, dark brown, light brown), and can also be customized.

 

3. Water-repellent high-quality leather is delicate, soft and comfortable to the touch.

 

4. Wear-resistant textured accessories are durable and easy to operate.

 

5. Set up multiple zipper pockets for orderly, reasonable and tidy access.

 

6. Durable buckle with high-density webbing for strong stability.

 

7. The customized pull tag feels comfortable and the zipper is smooth and does not jam.

 

8. Texture adjustment ring, you can freely adjust the length of the webbing according to your needs

 

The wholesale custom pu leather fanny pack, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the fanny pack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom fanny pack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather fanny pack color

In the waterproof zipper pu leather fanny pack wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather fanny pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the waterproof zipper pu leather fanny pack wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pu leather fanny pack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the waterproof zipper pu leather fanny pack wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Men’s black shoulder fanny pack bulk wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13574
Wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-coach-fanny-pack/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 06:11:29 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13564 In need of  this custom wholesale coach fanny pack? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 205g
  • Fabric: wear-resistant fabric
  • Colour: Black
  • Size: 36*4*15.5 (cm*cm*cm)
  • Capacity: Built-in large-capacity main bag/front zipper bag/rear zipper bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale coach fanny pack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack

If you are looking for a suitable coach fanny pack, this fanny pack is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This black coach fanny pack has the following features:

 

1. The bag follows the trendy black color, highlighting the new visual style and better interpreting the young style of fashionable personality.

 

2. Made of high-density water-repellent fabric, it is scratch-resistant and can effectively prevent splashing water from intruding into the interior of the backpack.

 

3. Hardware slider, smooth and smooth without jamming.

 

4. High plastic buckle design, resistant to cold and heat, not easy to break, opens with one click, and closes with one plug.

 

The wholesale custom coach fanny pack, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the coach fanny pack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom coach fanny pack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom coach fanny pack color

In the wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom coach fanny pack label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Coach fanny pack wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale mens black polyester coach fanny pack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13564
Small shoulder bags mini sling bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/mini-sling-bag-wholesale/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 08:21:01 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13527 In need of  this custom wholesale mini sling bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU
  • Shoulder strap length: 120cm (adjustable)
  • Specifications: 11*4*18 (cm*cm*cm)
  • Weight: 0.14kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mini sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Small shoulder bags mini sling bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom mini sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mini sling bag color

In the small shoulder bags mini sling bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mini sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the small shoulder bags mini sling bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Mini sling bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the small shoulder bags mini sling bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Small shoulder bags mini sling bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13527
Custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-mens-leather-sling-bag/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 07:51:05 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13518 In need of  this custom wholesale mens pu leather sling bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: brown
  • Weight: about 0.27KG
  • Fabric PU
  • Fabric lining: polyester
  • Dimensions: Width 17cm*Height 35cm*Thickness 8cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mens pu leather sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb

If you are looking for a suitable mens leather sling bag, this PU leather sling bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This mens PU leather sling bag has the following features:

 

1. High quality PU/soft and delicate/excellent texture.

 

2. External USB/headphone jack is convenient and practical.

 

3. The hardware accessories adopt electroplating technology, which is bright and not easy to wear.

 

4. The opening and closing of the bag adopts a casual buckle design, which is safe, practical, anti-theft, strong and durable.

 

5. Layered storage, designed with large-capacity main bag/auxiliary bag/utility front bag/small front bag.

 

6. There are compartment bags inside, and the outside is divided into double-layered large spaces with multi-pocket design for easy use.

 

The wholesale custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the PU leather sling bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mens sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mens leather sling bag color

In the custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mens leather sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Mens leather sling bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom mens leather sling bag with charging usb first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13518
Women shoulder bag PU black sling bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/black-sling-bag-wholesale/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 07:08:41 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13505 In need of  this custom wholesale black sling bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Style: simple and elegant style
  • Fabric: high quality fabric
  • Accessories: High quality hardware
  • Weight: 0.43KG
  • Specifications: Width 22* Height*18* Thickness 12 CM
  • Structure: double magnetic buckle bag, ID bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale black sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women shoulder bag PU black sling bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom crossbody sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom crossbody sling bag color

In the women shoulder bag pu sling bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom black sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the women shoulder bag PU black sling bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Black sling bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the women shoulder bag PU black sling bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Women shoulder bag PU black sling bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13505
Wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-shoulder-crossbody-sling-bag-for-ladies/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 06:35:36 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13492 In need of  this custom wholesale crossbody sling bag for ladies? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Canvas
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Opening zipper
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale crossbody sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies

If you are looking for a suitable crossbody sling bag for ladies, this crossbody sling bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This crossbody sling bag has the following features:

 

1. Soft and comfortable canvas fabric, strong and durable, fresh and natural.

 

2. Hand holding (short shoulder strap) enables one-shoulder holding mode at any time.

 

3. One shoulder (long shoulder strap) is also easy to carry cross-body.

 

4. Large capacity design, easily meet the needs of 2-3 days of going out.

 

5. The large-capacity main bag is equipped with zippered hidden pockets, compartment bags, and front and back pockets on the outside to properly organize travel items and make travel worry-free.

 

6. Thickened hand-held design, comfortable and labor-saving to hold.

 

7. Textured hardware connection, strong and firm, with good gloss.

 

The wholesale custom crossbody sling bag for ladies, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the crossbody sling bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom crossbody sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom crossbody sling bag color

In the wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom crossbody sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Crossbody sling bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale shoulder crossbody sling bag for ladies first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13492
Custom canvas shoulder concealed carry sling bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-concealed-carry-sling-bag/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 06:06:01 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13483 In need of  this custom wholesale concealed carry sling bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric material: canvas
  • Internal structure: large capacity area*2 inner patch pocket
  • Weight: about 0.41KG
  • Usage: shoulder/hand-held/cross-body
  • Shoulder strap: adjustable
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale concealed carry sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom canvas shoulder concealed carry sling bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom concealed carry sling bag color

In the custom canvas shoulder concealed carry sling bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom concealed carry sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom canvas shoulder concealed carry sling bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Process for concealed carry sling bag wholesale customization

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom canvas shoulder concealed carry sling bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom canvas shoulder concealed carry sling bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13483
Wholesale brown PU leather sling bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-pu-leather-sling-bag/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 05:36:29 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13472 In need of  this custom wholesale PU leather sling bag for women? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Shoulder strap size: 120cm
  • Weight: 0.44kg
  • Material: PU
  • Color: brown
  • Dimensions: Top width 25*Bottom width 30*Height 27*Thickness 11*Handle height 27
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale PU leather sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale brown PU leather sling bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather sling bag color

In the wholesale brown PU leather sling bag for women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom PU leather sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale brown PU leather sling bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Process for PU leather sling bag wholesale customization

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale brown PU leather sling bag for women. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale brown PU leather sling bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13472
Christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/fabric-wine-bottle-bags-wholesale/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 01:43:33 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13434 In need of  this custom wholesale fabric wine bottle bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: linen
  • Color: 18 colors (can be customized)
  • Size:15*35
  • Weight: 22g
  • Outer box size: 50*45*40cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale fabric wine bottle bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable fabric wine bottle bags, this wine bottle bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This fabric wine bottle bags has the following features:

 

1. Selected high-quality linen is soft and comfortable, dust-proof, sun-proof and anti-corrosion.

 

2. Precise double stitching, fine stitching, strong, durable and beautiful.

 

3. Stylish fungus lace mouth design and beautiful design of the mouth, easy to use.

 

4. Double-layer design lined with a layer of non-woven fabric for exquisite protection.

 

5. Selected high-quality nylon rope for smooth pulling.

 

The wholesale custom fabric wine bottle bags, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the wine bottle bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom fabric wine bottle bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom fabric wine bottle bags color

In the christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom fabric wine bottle bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Fabric wine bottle bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Christmas linen fabric wine bottle bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13434
Custom camping tote bag with water bottle pocket https://china-handbag-factory.com/tote-bag-with-water-bottle-pocket/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 01:22:36 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13425 In need of  this custom wholesale tote bag with water bottle pocket? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Fully expanded size: 22*12.5*12.5 cm
  • Dimensions after folding: 22*12.5*3 cm
  • Specifications: Colors can be customized according to customer needs
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale water bottle tot bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom camping tote bag with water bottle pocket first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom water bottle tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom water bottle tote bag color

In the custom camping tote bag with water bottle pocket, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom water bottle tote baglabel

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom camping tote bag with water bottle pocket. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Process for tote bag with water bottle pocket

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom camping tote bag with water bottle pocket. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom camping tote bag with water bottle pocket first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13425
Custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder https://china-handbag-factory.com/sling-bag-with-water-bottle-holder/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 12:06:01 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13416 In need of  this custom wholesale sling bag with water bottle holder? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: cloth
  • Weight: 0.19kg
  • Size: 60cm * 42cm * 40cm
  • Color: black red yellow blue pink green printing and other various patterns
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder

If you are looking for a suitable sling bag with water bottle holder, this sling bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This sling bag has the following features:

 

1. The characteristics of diving material cup sleeves can be used for heat preservation, cold packaging, heat insulation, anti-fall, etc. Cup sleeves are generally made of 3MM 3.5MM 4MM diving materials.

 

2. Used for promotional gifts, advertising, large-scale sports activities, various colors and proofing can be customized according to customer requirements.

 

3. Accept entrustment for processing and manufacturing OEM.

 

4. Accept unique heat transfer printing and LOGO design.

 

The wholesale custom sling bag with water bottle holder, wcould be made as the stock stytles, the sling bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom sling bag color

In the custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom sling bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Process for custom wholesale sling bag with water bottle holder

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom 32oz sling bag with water bottle holder first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13416
Wholesale large foldable bottle bag with ice pack https://china-handbag-factory.com/bottle-bag-with-ice-pack/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 11:44:42 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13407 In need of  this custom wholesale bottle bag with ice pack? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Weight: 0.5kg
  • Size: 40 cm * 28 cm * 12 cm
  • Box quantity: 10
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale bottle bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale large foldable bottle bag with ice pack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom water bottle bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom bottle bag color

In the wholesale large foldable bottle bag with ice pack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom bottle bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale large foldable bottle bag with ice pack. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Process for custom wholesale bottle bag with ice pack

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale large foldable bottle bag with ice pack. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale large foldable bottle bag with ice pack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13407
Oxford portable crossbody water bottle bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/water-bottle-bag-custom/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 11:26:39 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13398 In need of  this custom wholesale water bottle bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.1kg
  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Custom processing: Yes
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Size: 15.5 cm * 15 cm * 2 cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale water bottle bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Oxford portable crossbody water bottle bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom water bottle bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom water bottle crossbody bag color

In the oxford portable crossbody water bottle bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom water bottle crossbody bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the oxford portable crossbody water bottle bag custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Water bottle bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the oxford portable crossbody water bottle bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Oxford portable crossbody water bottle bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13398
Custom fabric canvas water bottle crossbody bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-water-bottle-crossbody-bag/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 11:05:15 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13389 In need of  this custom wholesale water bottle crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Canvas
  • Size and color: Size and color can be customized according to customer needs
  • Printing LOGO: Any logo can be customized according to needs
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale water bottle crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom fabric canvas water bottle crossbody bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom water bottle crossbody bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom water bottle crossbody bag color

In the custom fabric canvas water bottle crossbody bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom water bottle crossbody bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom fabric canvas water bottle crossbody bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Water bottle crossbody bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom fabric canvas water bottle crossbody bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom fabric canvas water bottle crossbody bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13389
600D Oxford cloth tactical messenger bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/tactical-messenger-bag-custom/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 03:51:13 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13371 In need of  this custom wholesale tactical messenger bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: 600D Oxford cloth densification combined with composite materials
  • Lining: 210D polyester (number of threads 21/19)
  • Ribbon: thickened ribbon
  • Compartment size: 33*24*10cm
  • Weight: 0.85KG (1.868LB)
  • Capacity: 8.5L
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale tactical messenger bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post 600D Oxford cloth tactical messenger bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom messenger bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom tactical messenger bag color

In the 600D Oxford cloth tactical messenger bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom tactical messenger bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the 600D Oxford cloth tactical messenger bag custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Tactical messenger bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the 600D Oxford cloth tactical messenger bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post 600D Oxford cloth tactical messenger bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13371
Custom made korea cute messenger bags for college https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-cute-messenger-bags/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 03:20:35 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13361 In need of  this custom wholesale cute messenger bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • material: plush
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Weight: about 0.23kg
  • Color: black, off-white, brown
  • Dimensions: length 31cm*width 8cm*height 20cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale cute messenger bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom made korea cute messenger bags for college first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom messenger bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cute messenger bags color

In the custom made korea cute messenger bags for college, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cute messenger bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom made korea cute messenger bags for college. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Cute messenger bags custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom made korea cute messenger bags for college. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Custom made korea cute messenger bags for college first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13361
Wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-pu-leather-messenger-bag-for-women/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 02:31:31 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13340 In need of  this custom wholesale designer PU leather messenger bag for women? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU
  • Lining fabric: polyester
  • Weight 0.5kg
  • Style: European and American retro
  • Color: brown, khaki, off-white
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable leather pu messenger bag for women, this messenger bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This pu leather messenger bag for women has the following features:

 

1. Detachable shoulder strap, sturdy and durable, with strong load-bearing capacity.

 

2. Leopard print shoulder strap design, durable and fashionable.

 

3. Design multiple zipper bags with clear layers and convenient storage.

 

4. High-quality scratch-resistant and wear-resistant fabric, not easy to fade, soft and delicate.

 

5. Freely switch between various fashionable memorization methods to highlight your elegant and personalized life.

 

6. The hardware accessories used are made through more than 20 sets of processes. They are corrosion-resistant, not easy to fade, have a smooth feel and good texture, and are not easy to fade, corrode or get stuck.

 

The wholesale custom PU leather messenger bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the messenger bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom  messenger bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom messenger bags color

In the wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom PU leather messenger bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

PU leather messenger bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale PU leather messenger bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13340
Custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-designer-messenger-bags/ Thu, 26 Oct 2023 01:52:00 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13330 In need of  this custom wholesale designer messenger bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Backpack fabric: canvas/crazy horse leather
  • Lining fabric: polyester
  • Bag size: length 37x width 18x height 28cm
  • Backpack weight: 1.12kg
  • Carrying method: shoulder/handheld
  • Available colors: dark gray, light gray, military green, khaki
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale designer messenger bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper

If you are looking for a suitable designer messenger bags, this messenger bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This designer messenger bags has the following features:

 

1. Multiple colors available (dark gray, light gray, military green, khaki).

 

2.Large-capacity multi-pocket design.

 

3. The thickened genuine leather handle has a large load capacity and is more comfortable to carry.

 

4. Genuine leather zipper design, the zipper is smooth and wear-resistant, and it is not easy to get stuck and fall off.

 

5. The bag opening is opened and closed with a magnetic buckle, which is not easy to demagnetize and fall off.

 

6. The shoulder strap has a strong hardware hook, which can be freely disassembled and assembled, and has a large load capacity.

 

7. The suitcase webbing on the back also has a safe zipper bag to prevent theft.

 

8. Use high-density washed canvas fabric that is not easy to fade or shrink. It has high density, strong wear resistance, and soft and comfortable feel.

 

9. Use chrome tanning technology to treat the leather to make it more suitable for people to use. As the service life increases, the leather surface will become more and more shiny, creating an attractive effect.

 

 

The wholesale custom designer messenger bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the messenger bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom designer messenger bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom designer messenger bags color

In the custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom designer messenger bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Designer messenger bags custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom retro designer messenger bags with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13330
Wholesale mens black messenger bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/black-messenger-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 09:11:29 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13309 In need of  this custom wholesale black messenger bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Function: one-shoulder cross-body
  • Weight: about 200g
  • Dimensions: Height 31CM*Width 55CM*Thickness 5CM
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale black messenger bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale mens black messenger bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom messenger bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shoulder messenger bag color

In the wholesale womens shoulder messenger bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom black messenger bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale womens shoulder black messenger bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Black messenger bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale womens shoulder black messenger bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Wholesale mens black messenger bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13309
Custom pu leather messenger bag womens https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-pu-leather-messenger-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 08:41:47 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13299 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather messenger bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: khaki, black, coffee
  • Material: PU
  • Lining texture: polyester cotton
  • Weight: 0.48kg
  • Size: Width 33*Height 33*Thickness 10 (cm*cm*cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale leather messenger bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom pu leather messenger bag womens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom messenger bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather messenger bag bag color

In the custom pu leather messenger bag womens shoulder, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather messenger bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom pu leather messenger bag womens shoulder. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pu leather messenger bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom pu leather messenger bag womens shoulder. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Custom pu leather messenger bag womens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13299
Wholesale waterproof monogrammed toiletry bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/monogrammed-toiletry-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 06:51:58 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13268 In need of  this custom wholesale monogrammed toiletry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PVC leather
  • Color: light yellow, dark gray, blue and black
  • Specifications: 28*8*17CM
  • Weight: 124g
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale monogrammed toiletry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale waterproof monogrammed toiletry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom toiletry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom monogrammed toiletry bag color

In the wholesale waterproof monogrammed toiletry bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom monogrammed toiletry bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale waterproof monogrammed toiletry bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Monogrammed toiletry bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale waterproof monogrammed toiletry bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Wholesale waterproof monogrammed toiletry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13268
Custom made waterproof pvc kids toiletry bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-kids-toiletry-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 06:07:07 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13262 In need of  this custom wholesale kids toiletry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU+PVC
  • Color: pink, yellow, green, black
  • Size: small (25*15*13cm) /large (28*16*21cm)
  • Features: Dry and wet separation/large capacity/waterproof
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale kids toiletry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom made waterproof pvc kids toiletry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable personalized toiletry bag for women, this toiletry bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This personalized toiletry bag has the following features:

 

1. Can be hung on the wall, has good drainage and is not prone to water accumulation.

 

2. The double hemming workmanship is fine, firm and not easily damaged.

 

3. Ring zipper, fashionable and beautiful, easy to use.

 

4. Textured mesh design on the front, breathable and easy to store and take away.

 

5. Large capacity, daily travel, business trips, and toiletries can be packed in one package.

 

The wholesale custom personalized toiletry bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the toiletry bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom toiletry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom personalized toiletry bag color

In the wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom personalized toiletry bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Personalized toiletry bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom made waterproof pvc kids toiletry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13262
Wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-personalized-toiletry-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 05:40:15 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13252 In need of  this custom wholesale personalized toiletry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Weight: 0.1kg
  • Color: gray, bright blue, Korean blue
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale personalized toiletry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable personalized toiletry bag for women, this toiletry bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This personalized toiletry bag has the following features:

 

1. Can be hung on the wall, has good drainage and is not prone to water accumulation.

 

2. The double hemming workmanship is fine, firm and not easily damaged.

 

3. Ring zipper, fashionable and beautiful, easy to use.

 

4. Textured mesh design on the front, breathable and easy to store and take away.

 

5. Large capacity, daily travel, business trips, and toiletries can be packed in one package.

 

The wholesale custom personalized toiletry bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the toiletry bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom toiletry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom personalized toiletry bag color

In the wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom personalized toiletry bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Personalized toiletry bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale personalized toiletry bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13252
Custom portable women pu designer toiletry bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-designer-toiletry-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 03:57:36 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13240 In need of  this custom wholesale designer toiletry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU
  • Lining texture: PU
  • Weight: 0.43kg
  • Color: dream pink, space gray
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale designer toiletry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom portable women pu designer toiletry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom toiletry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom designer toiletry bag color

In the custom portable women pu designer toiletry bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom designer toiletry bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom portable women pu designer toiletry bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom designer toiletry bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom korean toiletry bag with hanging hook. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Custom portable women pu designer toiletry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13240
Custom korean toiletry bag with hanging hook https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-korean-toiletry-bag/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 03:18:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13230 In need of  this custom wholesale toiletry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: nylon + mesh
  • Color: grey, burgundy, blue flowers
  • Weight: 0.25kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale toiletry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom korean toiletry bag with hanging hook first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom toiletry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom nylon toiletry bag color

In the custom toiletry bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom toiletry bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom korean toiletry bag with hanging hook. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom toiletry bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom korean toiletry bag with hanging hook. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Custom korean toiletry bag with hanging hook first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13230
Travel waterproof toiletries bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/travel-waterproof-toiletries-bag-wholesale/ Wed, 25 Oct 2023 02:38:31 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13217 In need of  this custom wholesale Pu leather toiletry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material:pu
  • Lining texture: nylon
  • Color: black, olive, pink
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale Pu leather toiletry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Travel waterproof toiletries bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom toiletry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom Pu leather toiletry bag color

In the waterproof Pu leather toiletry bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom Pu leather toiletry bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the waterproof Pu leather toiletry bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pu leather toiletry bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the waterproof Pu leather toiletry bag wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Travel waterproof toiletries bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13217
Custom women vintage polyester floral makeup bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-floral-makeup-bag/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 10:57:02 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13179 In need of  this custom wholesale floral makeup bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.04kg
  • Style: European and American retro
  • Material: Polyester
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale floral makeup bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom women vintage polyester floral makeup bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom makeup bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom floral makeup bag color

In the custom women vintage polyester floral makeup bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom floral makeup bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom women vintage polyester floral makeup bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Floral makeup bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom women vintage polyester floral makeup bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom women vintage polyester floral makeup bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13179
Wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/monogrammed-makeup-bag/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 10:22:37 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13167 In need of  this custom wholesale monogrammed makeup bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Nylon
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Weight: 285g (pack of three)
  • Size: 25*9*14.5 (cm*cm*cm)
  • Usage: To store cosmetics, small personal items, etc
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale monogrammed makeup bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag

If you are looking for a suitable monogrammed makeup bag, this makeup bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This monogrammed makeup bag has the following features:

 

1. High-quality bright-colored letters are sewn and reinforced to prevent them from falling off easily.

 

2. Hardware slider + nylon zipper, exquisite and beautiful.

 

3. Large opening design, more convenient to take.

 

4. Waterproof nylon fabric, impermeable to water.

 

The wholesale custom monogrammed makeup bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the cosmetic bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom makeup bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom monogrammed makeup bag color

In the wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom monogrammed makeup bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Monogrammed makeup bag custom wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale square small monogrammed makeup bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13167
Womens floral quilted makeup bags custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/womens-floral-quilted-makeup-bags-custom/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 09:07:26 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13157 In need of  this custom wholesale quilted makeup bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: Pure cotton quilted
  • Structure: pocket zipper
  • Lining: polyester
  • Size: customizable
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale quilted makeup bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Womens floral quilted makeup bags custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Introduction

Are you in search of the ideal accessory to enhance your fashion and arrange your beauty products? Look no further than Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer’s custom floral quilted makeup bags for women. Let’s explore the realm of Bjarne’s makeup bags and uncover why they are an essential inclusion to your collection

Why Choose Bjarne?

Opting for Bjarne is an investment in style, convenience, and value. Their choices and superior artistry transform these bags from mere makeup bags into fashion declarations. So don’t hesitate! Welcome the chicness of Bjarne’s tailor-made floral quilted makeup bags, bringing a dash of refinement to your everyday regimen. It’s the moment to rekindle your affection for your makeup bag.

Womens polyester ziper quilted makeup bag custom

5 Reasons Why Bjarne’s Womens Floral Quilted Makeup Bags Are The Perfect Addition To Your Collection

Imagine possessing a makeup bag floral that transcends being merely a bag, embodying a fusion of fashion, functionality, and cost-effectiveness. This is the experience Bjarne’s tailor-made quilted makeup bags offer. Here are the reasons why choosing Bjarne for your first bulk order is an unbeatable choice:

1. Whether you’re availing one or planning to order in bulk, Bjarne’s wholesale option guarantees the finest deal, allowing you to revel in your preferred designs without straining your budget. It’s all about intelligent shopping!

2. Pick from an array of materials, colors, and sizes to align with your individual style. Additionally, you can incorporate your logos and labels, rendering each bag distinctively yours. It’s akin to owning a piece of art that’s exclusively about you!

3. The quilted design imparts an element of sophistication and furnishes additional cushioning to safeguard your cosmetics from any accidents. Thus, you can bring your makeup with assurance, secure in the knowledge they’re protected.

4. When you buy a Bjarne makeup bag, you’re investing in a product that’s made to endure, these bags can bear the demands of daily usage. Thus, you can relish your favorite makeup bag for years to follow.

5. Bjarne’s bags feature a mirror and brush compartment inside, accentuating their practicality. This implies you have all you require for a swift touch-up, right at your disposal.

quilted makeup bag small

Design And Personalization Of Bjarne’s Custom Quilted Makeup Bags

1. Best Pattern Meets Perfection

The pattern of Bjarne’s custom quilted makeup bags is a distinguishing feature that sets them apart. The floral design imparts a feminine and stylish touch, transforming these bags into a fashion statement. Whether you’re drawn to understated pastel florals or bold and vibrant blooms, Bjarne caters to a variety of tastes.

2. Wise Choice For Fabrics Means Durability

When it comes to choosing the material for your custom quilted makeup bag, Bjarne offers a multitude of options. From cotton canvas to polyester, RPET, and Oxford cloth, there’s something for everyone. Each material has its own unique advantages such as durability, water resistance, or eco-friendliness.

3. Color Accentuates Uniqueness

The color of your makeup bag is another element that can be personalized to reflect your unique style. Bjarne offers a wide array of colors for their floral quilted makeup bags. Whether you’re drawn to classic neutrals or bold, vibrant shades that make a statement, there’s a color for everyone.

Value And Cost-effectiveness Of Bjarne’s Custom Quilted Makeup Bags

1. Cheap Doesn’t Equates Cheap Materials

Price is always a significant consideration when making a purchase. With Bjarne’s custom floral quilted makeup bags, you can be assured that you’re getting excellent value for your money. The wholesale pricing option ensures competitive prices without compromising on quality.

2. Top Notch Services

Excellence Bjarne, with its 18 years of experience as a custom bag manufacturer and supplier in China, is recognized for its top-tier turnkey manufacturing. The bag factory is SEDEX and BSCI Audited, and it employs a team of over 100 people in China. It provides a comprehensive service for handbags from design, samples, mass production, to delivery. This ensures that you’re not only receiving a product of exceptional quality but also the assurance of a reliable and experienced manufacturer.

quilted makeup bag pattern

Women's Floral Quilted Makeup Bags Custom Wholesale Process

Bjarne’s quilted floral makeup bags are produced through a comprehensive manufacturing process, marked by an unwavering commitment to detail and exceptional craftsmanship. Bjarne ensures a smooth and efficient process from start to finish. Quality inspections are carried out on the bags at each step to guarantee that the final product adheres to the highest quality benchmarks.

Here are the stages involved in the production process of Bjarne’s custom quilted makeup bags:

1. Start Inquiry About Customizations

The first step in any production process is putting out inquiries. Bjarne’s team is ready to help you identify what you want and need. This phase is somewhat the same as selecting the grooming color for your school dress code which depicts your character. This is an important stage because it lays the groundwork for what follows. It helps the company understand what your handbag should look like and how it should align with your personal identity and meet your specific needs.

2. Design and Sample Creation

After your orders have been set, the company will start making a sample according to the guidelines provided by you. This step includes picking out the best design for flowers and greenery, making a lovely pattern, and selecting an amazing color combination. The design company will utilize their expertise and knowledge to guarantee the sample accurately reflects your imagination.

3. Mass Production

Once the sample has been reviewed by the customer; confirmed and accepted, manufacturing in large quantities begins. This step helps to guarantee the quality of the final product and, in turn, customer satisfaction. What I have understood from my research is that the production process comprises several steps like cutting, sewing and adding finishing touches like logos, labels and quilted makeup bag pattern.

4. Quality Control

Quality control  is very important in making sure that the products manufactured meet the required standards of the customer. Without quality control, the products might not be of the expected standard and it could cause a lot of problems for the company. Bjarne constantly and rigorously inspect the bags at all stages to make sure that handbags delivered to you are top-notch products. These inspections involve a number of tasks such as examining materials, checking the sewing, and correctly placing logos and labels.

5. Ready For Delivery

After seeing that all conditions are perfect, the bags are ready to be delivered. Bjarne Handbags makes it very easy for you. They handle everything right from designing to delivering the final product, making the process very simple for you.

In Conclusion

Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer showcases a splendid array of custom floral quilted makeup bags for women. Their rigorous attention to detail, premium materials, and personalization options place them as a top contender for those seeking a trendy and utilitarian accessory. Whether you’re looking to inject sophistication into your makeup routine or amplify your brand with personalized bags, Bjarne is your ultimate solution. Don’t overlook these vital additions to your collection! Secure yours today!

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the womens polyester ziper quilted makeup bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Womens floral quilted makeup bags custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13157
Wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-makeup-bags-wholesale/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 08:39:18 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13142 In need of  this custom wholesale makeup bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Colour: Black
  • Net weight: 103g
  • Material: 190 nylon
  • Size: 20*12*10cm (there are errors in manual measurement)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale makeup bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens

If you are looking for a suitable makeup bags black for womens, this makeup bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This makeup bags has the following features:

 

 

1. Elegant curved appearance design, beautiful and practical.

 

2. Large capacity, you can get a variety of cosmetics in one package, easy to store and convenient for travel.

 

3. The bag zipper is made of high-quality zipper, which feels smooth, has moderate resistance, is not easy to wear and is durable.

 

4. Precise and neat sewing lines, sturdy and durable.

 

5. It is made of high-quality waterproof satin polyester and has passed dozens of waterproof and wear-resistant tests. It is not only strong but also beautiful.

 

6. The comfortable soft handle is ergonomic, comfortable and quite sturdy, making you feel more comfortable and happy every moment.

 

 

The wholesale custom makeup bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the cosmetic bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom makeup bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom makeup bag color

In the wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom makeup bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the Wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Custom makeup bags wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale custom makeup bags black for womens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13142
Custom Japan and South Korea pink makeup bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-pink-makeup-bag/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 08:02:58 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13130 In need of  this custom wholesale pink makeup bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU leather
  • Weight: 0.2kg
  • Color: pink
  • Specifications: Large, small
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pink makeup bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom Japan and South Korea pink makeup bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom Japan and South Korea pink makeup bag

If you are looking for a suitable pink makeup bag, this makeup bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This pink makeup bag has the following features:

 

1. Waterproof, multiple colors and specifications available.

 

2.Double-ended zipper for easy access.

 

3. The teeth are densely spaced, and the opening and closing are smooth and easy to pull to the end.

 

4. Double bag design allows for easy access to dry and wet items and delicate small items.

 

5. The grid design is clear and convenient for placing items.

 

The wholesale custom pink makeup bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the cosmetic bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom makeup bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom makeup bag color

In the custom Japan and South Korea makeup bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pink makeup bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom Japan and South Korea pink makeup bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Pink makeup bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom Japan and South Korea pink makeup bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom Japan and South Korea pink makeup bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13130
PU leather personalized makeup bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/personalized-makeup-bags-wholesale/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:33:08 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13119 In need of  this custom wholesale personalized makeup bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: high-grade PU leather
  • Hardware: Vacuum gold plating process
  • Color: Warren rose pink
  • Size: 13CM*10CM*25CM
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale personalized makeup bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post PU leather personalized makeup bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Makeup is often used by young women to boost their confidence, express their distinct personalities, and highlight their features.

Getting the appropriate makeup bags personalized is comparable in selecting the right makeup. Beauty product, skin care and toiletries are frequently stored in these bags, which are also referred to as personalized makeup bag, among women of all ages.

Different Kinds Of Makeup Bags Personalized For Any Occasion

An appropriate makeup bags personalized exists for every occasion, guaranteeing that one has all the necessary supplies for any setting.

Rose red cosmetic bag

PU Leather Personalized Makeup Bags Wholesale Size and Features

Are you planning on purchasing customized wholesale makeup bag? Providing wholesale customization to your specifications, Bjarne Manufacturer is at your fingertips to assist you.

Wholesale makeup bag information:

  • Material used:PU (polyurethane leather) of excellent quality
  • Physical Equipment:Plating of gold by vacuum
  • Dimension:13CM*10CM*25CM
  • Shade:Warren rose pink
  • Customized bag:500 pieces minimum order quantity
  • Wholesale bag:50 pieces minimum order quantity
  • Sampling period:5-7 days

Personalized makeup bag are essential accessories for women, available in a range of size that can fit handbags or larger totes.

The fact that girls generally require three makeup bags personalized for organizing their daily ensembles facilitates schedule and activity changes.

1. Small makeup bags personalized:Short getaways, such as meals or movies, typically require a minimal makeup routine; therefore, a mini beauty bag containing lipstick and a mirror is sufficient enough.

2. Mid-size makeup bags personalized: For quick activities, such as shopping with friends, medium cosmetic pouch is ideal. Lipstick, blotting powder, and sun protection powder are necessities to have on hand for fast touch-ups while in the sun.

3. Big personalized makeup bag: For formal dinners or travel, spacious beauty case is best because it allows a complete makeup change. Eyeshadow tray/blush, eyeliner, eyebrow pencil, and oil spray are all considered essential items.

Bjarne handbag manufacturer has you covered whether you desire a small, medium, or big personalized makeup bag, various measurements can be customized to suit your preferences.

best personalized makeup bags

Material Options For Wholesale Makeup Bag Provided By Bjarne

Bjarne offers an extensive variety of materials from which to choose the ideal material for your personalized wholesale makeup bag. Bjarne ensures that your personalized makeup bag are not only functional but also a reflection of your style, using materials such as eco-friendly RPET, fashionable PU leather, and resilient cotton canvas.

Ideal Material used for wholesale makeup bag:

  • Material:PU Leather (Polyurethane Leather)
  • Qualities shown: Fabric that mimics the appearance and texture of authentic leather.
  • Benefits:A multipurpose substitute for animal leather that is free of cruelty.

Materials offered by Bjarne are as follows:

  • Canvas
  • Nylon
  • Felt
  • Leather
  • RPET
  • Jute
  • Demin
  • Polyester
  • Non-woven fabric

Whether purchasing in bulk or wholesale makeup bag for your business or personal use, the selection of materials is determined by your personal preference and taste.

Bjarne Color Options For Wholesale Makeup Bag

As previously stated, there are warren rose pink however, personalized wholesale quantities are available using specimens or the Pantone color book, you can make informed color selections if you want to customized your makeup bags.

This ensures accurate and individualized color selections, verifying that your wholesale makeup bag precisely corresponds to your personal preferences.

  • Pantone book
  • Stock material swatch
  • Customized material swatch

Bjarne provides customers with an extensive selection of color options from which to choose when placing an order. Extensive assortment guarantees that you will discover the ideal color that complements your taste and aesthetic, be it vivid shades or delicate undertones.

personalized makeup bags amazon

7 Benefits Of Using A Personalized Makeup Bag Created By Bjarne

Explore how these makeup bags personalized produced by Bjarne handbag manufacturer may improve your daily beautification regimen, from customized designs to functional organization.

Five benefits:

1. Efficiency of Time:  It is possible to save time throughout the day by storing all of your essential cosmetics or any beauty  products in one location.

2. Avoidance of Spills:Personalized makeup bag with zippers designed by Bjarne serve the dual purpose of leak prevention and accessory safeguarding.

3. Easily transportable: Convenient for touch-ups throughout the day, personalized makeup bag created by Bjarne are compact and portable.

4. Personalized touch: Personalized makeup bag constructed by Bjarne enable you to customize your daily beauty regimen to suit your personal preferences and requirements

5. Maintaining hygiene: By segregating your cosmetics products from other items, a designated personalized makeup bag crafted by Bjarne aids in maintaining hygiene.

6. Durability:For long-lasting functionality, personalized makeup bag frequently comprise premium materials.

7. Easy identification: Your personalized makeup bag can be readily distinguished in a crowd due to its unique design.

Dos and dont’s when using personalized makeup bag

Do’s

1. To maintain hygiene, keep cosmetics separate.

2. Apply touch-ups effortlessly while on the move.

3. For spill-resistant stowage, choose compartments with zippers.

Dont’s

1. To avoid cross-contamination, cosmetics should be kept separate

2. Ensure that essential products are included in your personalized makeup bag.

3. Ensuring accessories are protected and accidents avoided, choose secure closures.

How Bjarne Process Personalized Makeup Bag On A Wholesale Level?

With the ability to produce unique wholesale makeup bag, Bjarne, being a manufacturer of custom made handbags, has an extensive array of customization options

The following part outlines the comprehensive process for customizing personalized makeup bag on a wholesale level.

1. Send us inquiry:Kindly demonstrate your interest by contacting Bjarne with your precise needs.

2. Received our quotation: A detailed quotation defining the terms and cost of the proposed service will be provided to you.

3. Discuss the details: Participate actively in conversations to clarify any unclear questions or particulars about the confirmation.

4. Confirm the sample: After reaching an agreement on something, a sample is generated for your evaluation.

5. Sign contract and deposit: Contractualize the agreement through the attachment of a deposit and signature.

6. Mass production: Commence production on a large scale of the service that was requested.

7. Ready for shipment: It is ready to be shipped as soon as the order is finalized.

8. Balance and delivery: Before final delivery, the remaining balance of payment must be paid in full.

9. Further cooperation: Create opportunities for prospective collaborations in the future.

10. After sale service: Bjarne remain accessible for responding to any service-related or post-delivery requirements.

The process that Bjarne uses to manage wholesale personalized makeup bag orders is outlined in this section. Bjarne ensure a smooth transition into mass production, beginning with the initial inquiry and quotation and continuing through various stages including detailed discussions, sample confirmation, contract signature, and deposit submission.

Bjarne remain committed to delivering diligent after-sales service and encourage continuous collaboration beyond the transactional process.

Why Purchase Wholesale Makeup Bag from Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer?

Bjarne distinguishes itself from other manufacturing companies by its outstanding craftsmanship and services. The teadfast dedication to producing wholesale makeup bag and any types of customized handbags of the highest quality guarantees that the offerings not only fulfill but surpass anticipated standards.

As a result of this commitment to excellence, Bjarne has earned a reputation for dependability and prestige in the manufacturing sector, where excellence reigns.

Below are the excellent customer service that Bjarne holds:

1. A low minimum order quantity (MOQ):While there is no minimum order quantity (MOQ) for individual bag styles, Bjarne operate as a direct manufacturer of bags. As an illustration, Bjarne will accept a minimum of 50 pieces of canvas tote bags.

2. Timely Responses: Bjarne guarantee prompt interactions through direct communication. Anticipate response times of no more than seven hours for all inquiries, and critical projects are continuously monitored online to ensure promptness.

3. Assured Quality: Consistency in quality is ensured at Bjarne Bag Factory, where each bag is subjected to a meticulous inspection, comparable to that which is put forth for renowned brands such as:

  • Zara
  • Fila
  • Fiorelli, and others.

4. Delivery Timeliness: From Quality reviews and manufacturing to delivery schedules, Bjarne diligently oversee each phase of the order process. Ensuring punctual deliveries is consistently key.

5. Affordable price: Bjarne offer competitive prices without sacrificing quality, as it operate as a direct bag manufacturer. Avail of factory-direct pricing on premium quality

6. Bag expertise: With 18 years of experience in the bag manufacturing industry, Bjarne can offer insightful recommendations for producing cost-effective, high-quality customized handbags. Bjarne assist you in the process of choosing high quality materials and designs that correspond to your personal preferences, specifications and financial budgets.

Beyond that, Bjarne provides its consumers with the subsequent supplementary services:

  • Service for Photographs
  • Free Design of Handbag
  • Service-Free Warehouse
  • Free Mass Production Sample

Let Bjarne Upgrade Your Personalized Makeup Bag

Wholesale personalized makeup bag crafted from PU (Polyurethane Leather) seamlessly combine functionality and aesthetics. Makeup bag personalized, which are constructed using high-quality leather materials, accommodate personal preferences while also providing a multifunctional and long-lasting solution for storing cosmetics or beauty products you may use.

Designed for individual use or for promotional objectives, these makeup bag in bulk offer a fashionable and functional addition to any beautification regimen.

Rely on Bjarne for wholesale PU leather personalized makeup bag if you are in search of a dependable manufacturer. Bjarne ensures that every bag satisfies the highest standards through his exacting attention to detail and dedication to excellence.

So, what are you waiting for? Take advantage of the opportunity! To enhance the aesthetics and practicality of your makeup bags personalized, get in touch with Bjarne immediately.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

Absolutely! With the wholesale options provided by Bjarne, it is possible to acquire personalized makeup bag in large quantities to suit your requirements.

For any question about the PU leather personalized makeup bags wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post PU leather personalized makeup bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13119
Custom made large folding black cosmetic bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-black-cosmetic-bag/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 06:33:47 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13098 In need of  this custom wholesale black cosmetic bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: nylon cloth
  • Lining: polyester
  • Weight: 0.3kg
  • Colour: Black
  • Size: length 23cm*width 18cm*height 18cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale black cosmetic bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom made large folding black cosmetic bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom cosmetic bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom nylon cosmetic bag color

In the waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom black cosmetic bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom made large folding black cosmetic bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Black cosmetic bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom made large folding black cosmetic bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Custom made large folding black cosmetic bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13098
Waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/nylon-cosmetic-bag-custom/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 06:04:59 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13088 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon cosmetic bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: waterproof nylon fabric
  • Lining texture: No lining cloth
  • Weight: about 35G
  • Color: can be customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon cosmetic bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom

If you are looking for a suitable nylon cosmetic bag, this cosmetic bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This nylon cosmetic bag has the following features:

 

1. Small and charming, simple and fashionable.

 

2. Practical and easy to carry.

 

3. The zipper opening is reasonably designed, easy to hold and very practical.

 

4. Waterproof nylon fabric, not afraid of getting wet, smooth surface, easy to clean and take care of.

 

5. Easy to fold and take up no space, easy to carry.

 

The wholesale custom nylon cosmetic bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the cosmetic bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom travel cosmetic bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom nylon cosmetic bag color

In the waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom nylon cosmetic bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Nylon cosmetic bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Waterproof portable nylon cosmetic bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13088
Digital printing bulk cosmetic bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/bulk-cosmetic-bags/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 05:42:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13078 In need of  this custom wholesale bulk cosmetic bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: Waterproof peach skin velvet
  • Lining: polyester + sponge (good shock absorption effect)
  • Gross weight: 35 grams (OPP bag packaging)
  • Size: 22cm * 15cm * 2cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale bulk cosmetic bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Digital printing bulk cosmetic bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom bulk cosmetic bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom bulk cosmetic bags color

In the digital printing bulk cosmetic bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom personalized cosmetic bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the digital printing bulk cosmetic bags wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Bulk cosmetic bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the digital printing bulk cosmetic bags wholesale. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Digital printing bulk cosmetic bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13078
Customize embroidery monogrammed cosmetic bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/monogrammed-cosmetic-bag/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 04:05:00 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13065 In need of  this custom wholesale monogrammed cosmetic bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material:pu
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: pink red
  • Size: 20cm * 8cm * 14cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale monogrammed cosmetic bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customize embroidery monogrammed cosmetic bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom monogrammed cosmetic bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom monogrammed cosmetic bag color

In the customize embroidery monogrammed cosmetic bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom personalized cosmetic bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customize embroidery monogrammed cosmetic bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

Bjarne advantage

Monogrammed cosmetic bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customize embroidery monogrammed cosmetic bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Customize embroidery monogrammed cosmetic bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13065
Custom womens green personalized cosmetic bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-personalized-cosmetic-bags/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 03:40:13 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13056 In need of  this custom wholesale personalized cosmetic bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material; nylon waterproof fabric
  • Lining texture: nylon
  • Color: green
  • Large size: length 23.*height 20*thickness 13M
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale personalized cosmetic bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom womens green personalized cosmetic bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom personalized cosmetic bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom travel cosmetic bag color

In the custom womens green personalized cosmetic bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom personalized cosmetic bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom womens green personalized cosmetic bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Personalized cosmetic bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom womens green personalized cosmetic bags. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag.

The post Custom womens green personalized cosmetic bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13056
Wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-large-capacity-travel-cosmetic-bag/ Tue, 24 Oct 2023 02:57:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13045 In need of  this custom wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.15kg
  • Material: Canvas
  • Color: beige, black, temperament gray
  • Product use: storage and organization of makeup and skin care products
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag

If you are looking for a suitable large capacity travel cosmetic bag, this cosmetic bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This large capacity travel cosmetic bag has the following features:

 

1. Large capacity design, strong storage capacity and convenience.

 

2.PU leather handheld design, smooth wiring.

 

3. Preferred and exquisite slider, smooth and durable without lag.

 

4. Facial masks, makeup brushes and other cosmetics can be placed on the lid.

 

5. There is a small mesh pocket in the inner space, which can hold powder, lipstick and other items.

 

The wholesale custom large capacity travel cosmetic bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the cosmetic bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom large capacity travel cosmetic bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom travel cosmetic bag color

In the wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cosmetic bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Large capacity travel cosmetic bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag. As a professional bag factory, Bjarne will provide advice and help you make your bag

The post Wholesale large capacity travel cosmetic bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13045
Wholesale mens nylon sneaker bag for golf shoes https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-mens-nylon-sneaker-bag-for-golf-shoes/ Mon, 23 Oct 2023 09:25:28 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=13009 In need of  this custom wholesale golf shoes bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 22.5*12*33 (cm*cm)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Material: Nylon
  • Product features: dust-proof and splash-proof, multi-eye mesh breathable, easy to carry
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale golf shoes bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale mens nylon sneaker bag for golf shoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Parameters of this sneaker bag for golf shoes

The Bajrne golf shoe carry bag is an example of a typical and looking sneaker bag that can be customized depending on your desires and plans. Its measurements are enough for small to large golf sneakers. It has a length of 33 cm and a width of 22.5 cm. It also has 12 cm of thickness, which is enough for golf travel. It is also enough to include other necessary accessories (i.e., golf balls, pins, and socks) with the two side zipper compartments in these types of sneaker bags provided by Bajrne.  It is not too large for a golf shoes travel bag so you can already add this to your set of inquiries with other bags on our website.

Features of this sneaker bag for golf shoes

You should be able to like the features that it has to offer in order to decide which one is right for you. Read the following characteristics that you can clearly look forward to upon receiving the product.

1. Dust-proof and splash-proof– The material of this bag for golf shoes protects the inside accessories and sneakers from potential rain or mud splashes, especially when playing golf. It is also completely dust-proof, which protects any light-colored accessory inside from getting dirty for a long time.

2. Multi-eye mesh breathable – When you open the golf shoes travel bag, you can notice a mesh inside. This breathable mesh allows air circulation to prevent moisture from accumulating inside.

3. Easy to carry– Because of its size and comfortable grip, it is one of the best golf shoe bags to carry around to golf matches.

Black portable nylon golf shoes bag wholesale

Why wholesale mens nylon sneaker bag for golf shoes

Nylon shoe bags are commonly used in sports and are utilized by players in practices, trainings, and official games. They can also be used at work as sneaker bags, especially if you are travelling for long days. The design and color themselves can also be personalized according to your style or brand. That is why it is very helpful to buy wholesale nylon shoe bags in order for you to take advantage of how a sneaker bag can actually help advertise your brand. Especially now that several players can utilize men’s golf shoe bags. Therefore, it is very important to produce it at a high-quality bag manufacturer, which Bajrne can offer.

The benefits of choosing Bjarne wholesale mens golf shoe bags

When buying products at wholesale prices, the primary concern is how the manufacturer or supplier can greatly assist you from start to finish. Even beyond the delivery, it’s important to take hold of the agreement and help the customer with any necessary questions and concerns. In this way, we can make sure that you deserve the products you receive and the price you pay. We believe that any of our products should be held to the utmost standard and responsibility, especially our men’s golf shoe bags. This is what we offer: customer service and quality, based on our 18 years of experience of manufacturing bags

Bjarne golf shoe carry bag color

Our basic golf shoe carry bag can be ordered in black. But for customization, depending on the request, we can offer different materials that can be personalized into different colors of your choice. Anything that you think can help and benefit your brand. We can also consider different designs and follow them according to what is written and what is sent.

golf shoe bag

Characteristics of Bjarne best golf shoe bag fabric

Bjarne bag for golf shoes are available in nylon. Nylon is the most common type of material used in sneaker bags because it is water-repellent and lightweight. It is also durable and easy to clean. But for getting the best golf shoe bag of your choice, we offer several choices based on your preferences and budget. Our customers often order cotton, canvas, and polyester as other popular choices. Polyester is similar to nylon but is resistant to UV radiation, making it perfect for sensitive shoe colors. Canvas can also be chosen but it is heavier than the previous two. Other popular choices include RPET and oxford cloth; however, you can freely request other materials and fabrics based on your preference.

Bjarne golf shoes travel bag printing features

For personalization and customization, we offer different features for printing bag for golf shoes. However, these are the popular choices that can be readily available for customizing the samples. Remember that you can always inquire for the available of the materials to better suit your preferences

1. Silk printing– for normal printing on the material, you can choose this. This is also very flexible because a complicated drawing or printing design can be feasible.

2. Embroidery– This is the most exquisite form of customization we can offer for your printing needs. This is also recommended for logos if you want something more durable than normal silk printing.

3. Woven label – You can also choose this if you don’t want the logo, name, or overall design to be embroidered and often do not like the normal silk printing.

4. Leather debossed logo – This is another choice for logo custom features with the best golf shoe bag based on your brand. Leather is durable and water resistant.

5. Metal logo – Similar to leather, this is one of the most durable options out there. But it can be heavier, depending on the thickness you prefer.

Golf accessories shoe storage bag

Bjarne wholesale nylon shoe bags styles

Aside from our basic nylon bag available for wholesale, we also offer indefinite options based on your preferences. From the variety of options, you can consider your own styles and designs to improve the visibility of your brand. Below are examples of styles you can request:

1. Drawstring Style– If you want simple and quick access to the shoes, this is the one to go with. It is a popular design for customers. The disadvantage of this is that common ones do not have compartments and are not built to stand on their own.

2. Zippered Style – Similar to our nylon shoe bags, zippered bags have more secure closure than the drawstring. It’s a common choice for those who want extra security.

3. Envelope Style– Just like an envelope, it includes a flap that is secured by velcro, snap, or a button. This is usually more unique and rarely more expensive than the previous two. It is common in vintage or leather bag for golf shoes.

4. Tote Bag Style– If you don’t want anything to do with the previous three and already have in mind the best style for your brand, you can opt to design it like a tote bag. A classic tote bag is very popular and will be the best golf shoe bag, especially if the business you are handling is inclined toward female wear. It can also provide more pockets for accessories.

6. Roll-Up Style – This can also be a unique touch to the sneaker bags. Imagine if you could store sneaker bags in a minimal space just by rolling them when not in use. Therefore, you’re always good to go.

Application scenarios of Bjarne sneaker bags

1. Travel – Bjarne sneaker bags can be used as storage for travel, especially if you opt to travel light. It is supposed to protect your shoes from potential dust and rain.

2. Gym and Sports– Essential for storage and practical for preventing the transfer of dirt and debris from the environment where you train or play.

3. Organization – If you just want to keep your shoes safe even inside your home, you can use nylon shoe bags for storage and organization. By keeping each pair of shoes in its own individual bag, you can easily identify and access the footwear you need.

4. Work Commute – If you are the type that commutes to work, especially by cycling, you can store your office heels or black shoes in the Bajrne sneaker bags while riding.

5. Backpacking and Hiking– In the same way, you can store your spare shoes when taking an adventure to popular or extreme hills. It can offer more protection than inserting it in your backpack.

Process of wholesale mens nylon sneaker bag for golf shoes

Follow these steps and contact us to get your wholesale sneaker bags or personalized mens golf shoe bags:

Steps:

  1. Inquiry(Visit our Contact Us page)
  2. Sending of Quotation(Prices for the request of materials)
  3. Discussion of Request(Discussion of other specifications)
  4. Confirmation of Samples (Number and specifications of samples)
  5. Contract Signing & Deposit (Agreement and downpayment)
  6. Mass Production (Massive production samples based on the quantity)
  7. Ready for Shipment (Preparation for shipping)
  8. Balance & Delivery (Pay the remaining balance at the delivery)
  9. Further Cooperation(Checking or completion of delivery and product status)
  10. After-Sales Service (Contact and communication for further checking and evaluation of products and services)

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the black portable nylon golf shoes bag wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale mens nylon sneaker bag for golf shoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
13009
Large waterproof travel shoe bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/travel-shoe-bags-wholesale/ Mon, 23 Oct 2023 08:58:59 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12998 In need of  this custom wholesale travel shoe bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 23*14*29 (cm*cm)
  • Product weight: 360g
  • Material: frosted polyester
  • Color: pink, black, gray, light blue
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale travel shoe bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Large waterproof travel shoe bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom travel shoe bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom travel shoe bags color

In the large waterproof travel shoe bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom travel shoe bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the large waterproof travel shoe bags wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom travel shoe bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the travel shoe bags wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Large waterproof travel shoe bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12998
Custom ideal bag for super organized travelers https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-ideal-bag-for-super-organized-travelers/ Mon, 23 Oct 2023 06:43:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12967 In need of  this custom wholesale ideal bag for super organized travelers? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: memory cloth
  • Shape: hand bag
  • Storage scene: travel storage
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale travel organizer bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom ideal bag for super organized travelers first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom ideal bag for super organized travelers

If you are looking for a suitable ideal bag for super organized travelers, this travel bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This travel organized bags has the following features:

 

1. Washable material.

 

2. Dust-proof and moisture-proof.

 

3. Large capacity storage.

 

4. Fresh and odor-free.

 

5. Portable handle, easy to take.

 

6. Small size and large capacity, compression saves 40% space.

 

7. Neat stitching process, reinforced and durable.

 

8. Ring zipper, exquisite and beautiful.

 

The wholesale custom travel organizer bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the travel organizer bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom super organized travel bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom super organized travel bag color

In the custom ideal bag for super organized travelers, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom super organized travel bag label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom ideal bag for super organized travelers. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Process for ideal bag for super organized travelers

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom ideal bag for super organized travelers, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom ideal bag for super organized travelers first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12967
Wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-travel-organizer-bags/ Mon, 23 Oct 2023 05:56:14 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12958 In need of  this custom wholesale travel organizer bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: Multiple colors available(Grey, pink, sky blue)
  • Specifications: Large, Small, Medium
  • Usage features: mesh design, good breathability, quick drying and wear resistance
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale travel organizer bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper

If you are looking for a suitable travel organizer bags, this travel bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This travel organizer bags has the following features:

 

1. Waterproof polyester fabric, isolates water and oil, strong and wear-resistant.

 

2. Mesh design has good breathability.

 

3. Does not take up space and is easy to carry around like a pocket.

 

4. Comfortable to carry and convenient for travel.

 

5. Smooth chain, no lag in opening and closing.

 

The wholesale custom travel organizer bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the travel organizer bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom travel organizer bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom travel organizer bags color

In the wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom travel organizer bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Travel organizer bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale mesh travel organizer bags with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12958
Wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-large-cotton-tote-bags/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 09:02:12 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12918 In need of  this custom wholesale large cotton tote bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Nylon
  • Dimensions: 46x17x35 cm
  • Color: green, navy, blue, light purple
  • Weight 0.3kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale large cotton tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel

If you are looking for a suitable large cotton tote bags, this travel bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This hanging large cotton tote bags has the following features:

 

1. Foldable design, does not take up space.

 

2.8 independent drawstring bags for easy storage and retrieval.

 

3. Large capacity design, easily cope with short trips of 5-7 days.

 

4. Can be used as a suitcase to travel easily and free your hands.

 

5. The new “150D memory fabric” is soft, not easy to wrinkle and has strong pulling force, and can withstand a load of 20kg.

 

6. Widen strap design to reduce travel stress.

 

7. The hand strap is double-layered and thickened, making it smooth and non-scratching.

 

The wholesale custom large cotton tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the womens tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom large cotton tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom large cotton tote bags color

In the Wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom large cotton tote bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the Wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Large cotton tote bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale large cotton tote bags for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12918
Custom toiletry hanging organizer for travel https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-toiletry-hanging-organizer-for-travel/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 08:22:41 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12909 In need of  this custom wholesale hanging travel organizer? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Size: 24*10.5*20.5cm
  • Weight: 0.23kg
  • Packaging: opp bag
  • Packing quantity: 100pcs
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale hanging travel organizer manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom toiletry hanging organizer for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom portable blue hanging travel organizer

If you are looking for a suitable hanging travel organizer bags for travel, this travel organizer bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This hanging travel organizer bags has the following features:

 

1.300D polyester, lining: 210DPU polyester treated with waterproof and antibacterial coating.

 

2. Widen the hand-held bag to save effort and be sturdy and durable.

 

3. The fabric zipper head gives you a comfortable zipper experience, and it remains smooth after repeated zipper pulls.

 

4. The unique transparent grid design allows you to understand the storage status and facilitate quick search.

 

5. The sewing lines are even, smooth and meticulous, showing excellent quality and exquisite workmanship.

 

The wholesale custom designer tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the womens tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom hanging travel organizer bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom hanging travel organizer bags color

In the Custom portable blue hanging travel organizer, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom hanging travel organizer bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the Custom portable blue hanging travel organizer. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Hanging travel organizer bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom portable blue hanging travel organizer, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom toiletry hanging organizer for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12909
Wholesale custom zippered travel tote bag designer https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-custom-zippered-travel-tote-bag-designer/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 07:10:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12900 In need of  this custom wholesale best designer tote bags for travel? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Function: shoulder, portable
  • Structure: inner patch bag, wet and dry separation bag
  • Material: water-repellent Oxford cloth
  • Weight 0.41kg
  • Dimensions: Width 44cm, Height 30(+12)cm, Thickness 17cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale best designer tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale custom zippered travel tote bag designer first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale best designer tote bags for travel

If you are looking for a suitable best designer tote bags for travel, this womens tote bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This designer tote bags has the following features:

 

1. The zipper layer is expanded at the bottom to easily increase the bag capacity.

 

2. It can be carried by hand or carried on the shoulder, and can be freely switched between multiple scenes. The simple bag shape can be matched at will.

 

3. Large capacity design, can hold 2-3 days of clothing and daily necessities.

 

4. Made of highly wear-resistant and water-repellent fabric, soft and comfortable.

 

5. There is a wet and dry separation bag on the inside of the bag, which can hold wet towels, toiletries, etc.

 

6. Comfortable and rounded handle design makes it easier to carry by hand.

 

7. The portable area is neatly reinforced with stitching, which has strong load-bearing capacity and is not easy to break.

 

8. Stylish and beautiful electroplated hardware slider, anti-oxidation and rust-free.

 

9. Zippered secret pocket on the back, where you can store mobile phones and other valuables.

 

The wholesale custom designer tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the womens tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom designer tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom designer tote bags color

In the wholesale best designer tote bags for travel, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom best designer tote bags label

A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the best designer tote bags for travel. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. 

 

Bjarne advantage

Best designer tote bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale best designer tote bags for travel, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale custom zippered travel tote bag designer first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12900
Custom large capacity womens tote bags for travel https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-large-capacity-womens-tote-bags/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 06:23:51 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12887 In need of  this custom wholesale womens tote bags for travel? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Weight: 0.67kg
  • Lining texture: polyester cotton
  • Color: black, red, pink, gray (can be customized)
  • Size: width 45*height 45*thickness 45*handle height 28cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale womens tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom large capacity womens tote bags for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom womens tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom womens tote bags color

In the custom custom large capacity womens tote bags for travel, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom womens tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom large capacity womens tote bags for travel. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Process for wholesale custom womens tote bags for travel

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom large capacity womens tote bags for travel, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom large capacity womens tote bags for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12887
Custom mens faux leather credit card holder https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-mens-faux-leather-credit-card-holder/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 04:01:34 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12875 In need of  this custom wholesale womens credit card holder? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU leather
  • Lining texture: synthetic leather
  • Size: Passport No. 2
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale credit card holder manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom mens faux leather credit card holder first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom mens faux leather credit card holder

If you are looking for a suitable credit card holder, this card holder is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This credit card holder has the following features:

 

1. Simple and fashionable, supports customized personalized patterns & LOGO.

 

2. Thermal transfer printing process is hand-made to present a two-color effect, which becomes more and more flavorful the more you use it.

 

3. Fashionable, thin and easy to carry.

 

4. Multiple cards in one clip, double-layer design inside and outside.

 

5. Made of PU simulated cowhide, with good texture and fashionable atmosphere.

 

The wholesale custom womens card holder wcould be made as the stock stytles, the card holder also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom card holder material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom credit card holder color

In the custom mens faux leather credit card holder, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom credit card holder label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom mens faux leather credit card holder. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom credit card holder process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom mens faux leather credit card holder, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom mens faux leather credit card holder first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12875
Wholesale pu leather card holder for women men https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-pu-leather-card-holder/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 02:30:46 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12866 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather card holder? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU leather
  • Lining texture nylon
  • Applicable gender: Neutral/Both men and women
  • Storage capacity: 7 cards
  • Style: European and American retro
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pu leather card holder manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale pu leather card holder for women men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom card holder material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather card holder color

In the wholesale pu leather card holder for women men, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather card holder label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale pu leather card holder for women men. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom pu leather card holder process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale pu leather card holder for women men, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale pu leather card holder for women men first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12866
Ultra thin leather womens card holder wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/leather-womens-card-holder/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 01:59:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12857 In need of  this custom wholesale womens card holder? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: First layer cowhide
  • Dimensions: length 10.7CM, thickness 0.8CM, height 8.2CM
  • Lining: Fabric
  • Internal structure: 8 card slots/driver’s license slot/change slot
  • Weight: 45 grams
  • Color: Multiple colors available(Green, black, beige, pink, orange)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale womens card holder manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Ultra thin leather womens card holder wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Ultra thin leather womens card holder wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable reusable womens card holder, this card holder is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This womens card holder has the following features:

 

1. Slim bag body, elegant appearance, simple and compact card holder.

 

2. The pebbled texture is clear and the first layer of cowhide is strong and durable.

 

3. Exquisite and practical: 8 card slots/1 driver’s license slot/1 change slot can hold 10 cards, hundreds of yuan, and driver’s license.

 

The wholesale custom womens card holder wcould be made as the stock stytles, the card holder also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom card holder material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom womens card holder color

In the ultra thin leather womens card holder wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom womens card holder label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the leather womens card holder wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom womens card holder process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the ultra thin leather womens card holder wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Ultra thin leather womens card holder wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12857
Retro simple leather business card holder custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/business-card-holder-custom/ Sat, 21 Oct 2023 01:23:32 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12847 In need of  this custom wholesale business card holder? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Leather
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Thickness: customized (mm)
  • Capacity: customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale business card holder manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Retro simple leather business card holder custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom card holder material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom business card holder color

In the retro simple leather business card holder custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom business card holder label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the retro simple leather business card holder custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom business card holder process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the retro simple leather business card holder custom, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Retro simple leather business card holder custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12847
Wholesale genuine leather mini card holder women https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-card-holder-women/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 09:24:56 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12831 In need of  this custom wholesale card holder women? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Leather
  • Leather characteristics: sheepskin
  • Weight: 0.027kg
  • Lining texture: polyester cotton
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale women card holder manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale genuine leather mini card holder women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom card holder material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom women card holder color

In the wholesale genuine leather mini card holder women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom women card holder label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale genuine leather mini card holder women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom women card holder process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale genuine leather mini card holder women, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale genuine leather mini card holder women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12831
Custom microfiber fashion designer card holder https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-designer-card-holder/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 08:48:44 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12818 In need of  this custom wholesale designer card holder? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • SIZE:113mm*80mm*6mm
  • STRUCTURE:Bank Card Pocket. Photo bag Change bag
  • CAPACITY:6 Bank card pocket, 1 Photo bag1 Change bag
  • MAIN MATERIAL: microfiber leather
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale designer card holder manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom microfiber fashion designer card holder first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom designer card holder material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom designer card holder color

In the custom microfiber fashion designer card holder, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom designer card holder label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom microfiber fashion designer card holder. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom designer card holder process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom microfiber fashion designer card holder, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom microfiber fashion designer card holder first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12818
Custom sports duffle bags with shoe compartment https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-duffel-bag-with-shoe-compartment/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 07:30:27 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12788 In need of  this custom wholesale duffel bag with shoe compartment? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: water-repellent Oxford cloth
  • Lining Material: Polyester
  • Size: 56*24*34cm
  • Internal structure: inner patch pocket, zipper bag, independent area for shoe compartment at the bottom
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale duffel bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom sports duffle bags with shoe compartment first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom duffel shoe bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom duffel shoe bags color

In the custom crossbody duffel bag with shoe compartment, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom duffel shoe bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom crossbody duffel bag with shoe compartment. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom duffel shoe bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom crossbody duffel bag with shoe compartment, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom sports duffle bags with shoe compartment first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12788
Wholesale zipper gym bag with shoe compartment https://china-handbag-factory.com/gym-bag-with-shoe-compartment/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 07:03:09 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12779 In need of  this custom wholesale gym bag with shoe compartment? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 1kg
  • Size: 25 cm * 25 cm * 6 cm
  • Bag internal structure: sandwich zipper bag
  • Opening method: zipper
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale gym shoe bag  manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale zipper gym bag with shoe compartment first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shoe bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shoe bag color

In the wholesale zipper gym bag with shoe compartment, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale zipper gym bag with shoe compartment. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom gym shoe bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale zipper gym bag with shoe compartment, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale zipper gym bag with shoe compartment first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12779
Custom nylon blue sports golf bag for shoes https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-golf-bag-for-shoes/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 06:22:47 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12770 In need of  this custom wholesale sports golf bag for shoes? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Nylon
  • Color: blue gray
  • Weight: 127g
  • Size:35*24*12
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale sports golf bag  manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom nylon blue sports golf bag for shoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom golf shoe bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag color

In the custom nylon blue sports golf bag for shoes, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom nylon blue sports golf bag for shoes. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom golf shoe bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom nylon blue sports golf bag for shoes, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom nylon blue sports golf bag for shoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12770
Non woven drawstring medium shoes bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/shoes-bags-wholesale/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 05:50:38 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12760 In need of  this custom wholesale drawstring medium shoes bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.025kg
  • Medium size: 27 width * 36 height cm
  • Medium size: 27 width * 36 height cm
  • Color: can be customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale drawstring medium shoes bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Non woven drawstring medium shoes bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shoe bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shoe bag color

In the non woven drawstring medium shoes bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom shoe bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the non woven drawstring medium shoes bags wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom shoe bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the non woven drawstring medium shoes bags wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Non woven drawstring medium shoes bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12760
Custom portable beach travel storage shoe bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-beach-travel-storage-shoe-bag/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 03:40:47 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12751 In need of  this custom wholesale beach travel storage shoe bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Dimensions: 21 x 30 x 11 (cm)
  • Weight: 0.048kg
  • Material: Oxford cloth + mesh cloth
  • Packing quantity: 700 pieces
  • Box size: 60*40*60cm
  • Gross weight of the whole box: 34.5KG
  • Color: can be customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale beach travel storage shoe bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom portable beach travel storage shoe bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shoe bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shoe bag color

In the custom portable beach travel storage shoe bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom shoe bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom portable beach travel storage shoe bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom shoe bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom portable beach travel storage shoe bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom portable beach travel storage shoe bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12751
Custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-golf-shoe-bag/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 02:57:54 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12741 In need of  this custom wholesale golf shoe bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: polyester + mesh fabric
  • Size: 14*34*23CM
  • Packing size: 55*53*42CM
  • Single outer packaging size: 34*20*1CM
  • Style: Two-piece side/Three-piece side/One-piece side
  • Color: red, green, black, blue, all red
  • Weight: 160g
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale golf shoe bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag

If you are looking for a suitable golf shoe bag, this polyester bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This golf shoe bag has the following features:

 

1. Selected polyester fabric, scratch-resistant, wear-resistant, dust-proof and splash-proof.

 

2. Large opening design for easy access and suitable for all kinds of shoes.

 

3. Folding design, convenient for storage.

 

4. A variety of styles and colors, you can choose as you like.

 

5. Porous mesh fabric is breathable and tough.

 

The wholesale custom golf shoe bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the shoe bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag color

In the custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom golf shoe bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom foldable polyester zipper golf shoe bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12741
Women’s large yoga duffle bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/womens-large-yoga-duffle-bags-wholesale/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 11:21:05 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12717 In need of  this custom wholesale waterproof duffel bags australia? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 39*23*24 (cm*cm)
  • Weight: 0.33kg
  • Material: fascia oxford cloth
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: classic black, fashionable green
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale waterproof duffel bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s large yoga duffle bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Introduction

Are you on the lookout for a trendy and handy method to bring around your yoga mat and additional gear to your yoga lessons? Well, look no further! Bjarne Handbags Manufacturer is the solution you might have been needing all this time—your one stop shop for high-quality women’s large yoga duffle bags.

Product Details

  • Size: 39*23*24 (cm*cm)
  • Weight: 0.33kg
  • Material: Fascia Oxford cloth
  • Lining Texture: Polyester
  • Colors: Classic Black, Fashionable Green
  • For Customized Bags (MOQ): 500PCS
  • For Wholesale Bags (MOQ): 50PCS
  • Sample Days: 5-7 days
Wholesale Yoga waterproof duffel bags australia

Wholesale Yoga Duffel Bags Material

Wholesale waterproof duffle bags in Bjarne are offered in diverse sizes and patterns to meet your demands. But for a starter, it presents a standard duffel bag measurement of 39*23*24 cm, delivering sufficient capacity to accommodate all your essentials without being excessively hefty or difficult to handle.

Bjarne’s wholesale waterproof duffle bags offer a combination of style, functionality, and durability. They are designed to meet your needs, whether you’re a yoga enthusiast looking for a reliable bag to carry your gear or a business owner looking for quality bags to offer to your customers. With Bjarne, you’re not just getting a bag; you’re investing in a product that delivers on its promise of quality and performance. Discover and experience the Bjarne difference today.

Why Choose Bjarne For Women’s Large Yoga Wholesale Duffle Bags?

Bjarne distinguishes itself as the premier supplier of top-tier wholesale duffle bags. Their dedication to excellence and customer gratification is unmatched. When you opt for Bjarne, you have your wide options at the tips of your fingers–one purchase away!

1. Bjarne Standard Duffel Bag Size

Bjarne’s yoga duffel bags typically measure 39*23*24 cm. This size provides sufficient space for your yoga mat, blocks, towels, water bottle, and other items without seeming too large or bulky. It strikes an excellent balance between utility and portability.

2. Their Capacity Of Big Duffle Bags

Suppose you’ve been using yoga mats, blocks, and straps and had them scattered around, but now you’ve decided to consolidate everything. Perhaps you’re planning to pack additional items like extra clothing and shoes. Bjarne’s yoga duffle bag is an excellent choice if you need more storage. It even includes a side compartment specifically for your shoes. Shopping with Bjarne for the best Yoga Bags is a delightful experience, especially with their customization options!

3. Bjarne Women's Large Duffle Bags Wholesale Price

Bjarne not only markets women’s large duffle bags at cost-effective prices, but they also extend competitive wholesale prices. Making bulk purchases is a superb strategy for saving money. If you’re a wellness enthusiast in search of products for your customers, Bjarne & Co. present a wide array of premium items that are distinctive to their brand.

4. Bjarne Sports Duffle Bags Style

When picking out sports duffle bags, it’s essential to weigh both its practicality and its visual allure. Seeking style? Bjarne has your back! They present a multitude of styles. Their duffle bags, engineered for sports activities, underscore both style and fashion.

5. Large Sports Duffel Bag Color

Color goes beyond being a visual feature; it’s a potent instrument for self-expression. It can exhibit your feelings, your persona, and your life’s principles. Bjarne painstakingly chose the colors for their duffle bags with the intention of making their bags readily recognizable.

Classic Black: This is a tone of black. It’s extremely adaptable and can be employed in any scenario. It’s a perfect choice for those who favor simplicity and refinement.

Fashionable Green: As per my comprehension, the bright green color signifies that an individual is audacious and exuberant. Green is a captivating color that draws attention. It stands for growth, rejuvenation, and balance. It’s not only fashionable but also exhibits our concern for the environment.

With Bjarne, you’re not just selecting a bag, you’re choosing a color that syncs with your personality and style.

6. Overall, A Game-Changer For A Fitness Bag!

This Large Yoga Duffel Women’s Bags from Bjarne’s wholesale is a great essential sports fitness bag for sports enthusiasts like me. They are sports bags that have a lot of storage and are flexible and gender-neutral. These gym bags are made of breathable and waterproof nylon.

They have a pattern that is solid in color and provide style, organization, and durability for fitness individuals. The bag has a shoe compartment on the side which is useful to put shoes or other stuff which are required frequently. These bags are perfect, they are designed for students like us who want to go to the gym, have a yoga session or plan a weekend adventure. Truly a game-changer!

green duffel bag

Bjarne's Best Sports Duffel Bags Fabric

The fabric used in Bjarne’s duffle bags for sports is carefully chosen for its resilience and weather resistance. It also guarantees that your property, whether in good weather or even when exposed to moisture, remains safe. Now, Bjarne’s guarantee of excellent materials means you can be sure their sports duffel bag will still be serving its owner many years from now.

Bjarne being the makers of custom bags with 18 years of history, they certainly won’t use second-rate materials in their sports duffel bags. They know that the fabric of a bag accounts for much in terms of quality. For this reason, they choose materials that have a good balance of being both durable and water-repellent but also are light in weight.

Because Bjarne is determined to make quality materials and workmanship the hallmarks of their sports duffel bags, they also guarantee that yours will not only look sharp cruising down Gorgias Road but can take a beating as well. Whether you’re an athlete, or just a fitness enthusiast, Bjarne’s sports duffel bags are the perfect choice for your active life.

Bjarne’s Yoga Duffle Bags Wholesale Process

The wholesale process for yoga duffle bags is simple and straightforward with Bjarne. Here is a step-by-step overview:

  1. Send Us Inquiry:Reach out to Bjarne to discuss your wholesale needs and learn more about their offerings.
  1. Receive Our Quotation:Bjarne will furnish a comprehensive quotation tailored to your specific requirements and order volume.
  1. Discuss Details:Work in tandem with the Bjarne team to iron out the specifics such as customization choices, color schemes, and branding.
  1. Confirm The Sample:Inspect and give your approval to a prototype bag to ensure it aligns with your expectations before greenlighting mass production.
  1. Sign Contract & Deposit:Once the sample meets your approval, formalize the agreement by signing the contract and remitting the necessary deposit to kickstart production.
  1. Mass Production:Bjarne will proceed to produce the agreed quantity of yoga duffle bags as per your stipulations.
  1. Balance & Delivery:Upon completion of production, finalize the outstanding balance payment and coordinate the delivery of your consignment.
  1. Further Cooperation:Look forward to a sustained collaboration with Bjarne for future wholesale orders or any supplementary bag needs you might have.
  1. After-Sale Service:Bjarne’s dedication extends beyond delivery. They offer top-notch after-sale service to address any potential concerns or issues post-purchase.

Conclusion

Investing in wholesale waterproof duffle bags is a level-up for yogis who want convenience combined with class and durability. With Bjarne’s formidable quality, exceptional service and competitive price. Take your yoga to the next level without draining away all of that money down the drain in a heartbeat. So why wait? These high-end yoga duffle bags can help you kick up a notch on your journey to better health and make a fashion statement in the process.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale yoga waterproof duffel bags australia, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Women’s large yoga duffle bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12717
Customized large camouflage military duffle bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/customized-military-duffel-bag/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 10:36:00 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12708 In need of  this custom wholesale military duffel bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: cotton
  • Capacity: 56-75L
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Opening method: open
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale military duffel bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customized large camouflage military duffle bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom military duffel bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom military duffel bag color

In the customized medium camouflage military duffel bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom military duffel bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customized medium camouflage military duffel bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom military duffel bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized medium camouflage military duffel bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Customized large camouflage military duffle bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12708
Women’s travel pink brand duffle bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/pink-duffel-bag-wholesale/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 10:08:56 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12696 In need of  this custom wholesale pink duffel bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: Polyester
  • Shoulder strap: adjustable
  • Specifications: 51*31*30cm
  • Color: pink, apricot
  • Weight: 0.47kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pink duffel bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s travel pink brand duffle bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Women 36-55L polyester pink duffel bag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable reusable pink duffel bag, this waterproof duffel bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This pink duffel bag has the following features:

 

1. Select high-quality polyester fabrics, which feel smooth and comfortable.

 

2. A zipper bag is designed on the back of the bag to effectively prevent items from being lost.

 

3. The bottom of the bag is designed with rivets, which is anti-slip and extends the use time of the bag.

 

4. Comfortable hand-held design, reducing pressure burden.

 

5. Adjustable and detachable buckle, the shoulder strap can be detached and adjusted at any time.

 

6. Multi-purpose layered space for travel and fitness.

 

7. The independent shoe position is clean and hygienic, breathable and odor-dispersing, and stored independently to prevent shoes from soiling clothes.

 

The wholesale custom pink duffel bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the waterproof duffel bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom pink duffel bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pink duffel bag color

In the women 36-55L polyester pink duffel bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pink duffel bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the women 36-55L polyester pink duffel bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom pink duffel bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the polyester pink duffel bag wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Women’s travel pink brand duffle bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12696
Customized personalized duffel bag with logo https://china-handbag-factory.com/customized-personalized-duffel-bag-with-logo/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 09:19:42 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12687 In need of  this custom wholesale personalized duffel bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Type: Shoulder, Crossbody, Handheld
  • Color: coffee, dark blue, gray, black, army green, khaki
  • Size: Bag height 31cm* Bag width 50cm* Bag thickness 21cm
  • Weight: 1.00(kg)
  • Material: 16A washed canvas with microfiber leather
  • Lining: polyester cotton
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale personalized duffel bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customized personalized duffel bag with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom duffel bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom personalized duffel bag color

In the Customized personalized duffel bag with logo, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom personalized duffel bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customized personalized duffel bag with logo. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom personalized duffel bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized personalized duffel bag with logo, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Customized personalized duffel bag with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12687
Wholesale large waterproof travel duffel bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-large-waterproof-travel-duffel-bag/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 08:44:07 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12678 In need of  this custom wholesale waterproof duffel bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Dimensions: Width 46cm, Height 28cm, Thickness 25cm
  • Material: Water-repellent fabric
  • Features: Breathable, lightweight, multifunctional
  • Weight:0.46kg
  • Color: gray (can be customized)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale waterproof duffel bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale large waterproof travel duffel bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale fitness travel waterproof duffel bag

If you are looking for a suitable fitness travel duffel bag, this waterproof duffel bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This waterproof duffel bag has the following features:

 

1. Wear-resistant and water-repellent.

 

2. Large capacity storage space.

 

3. Independent shoe compartment at the bottom.

 

4. The front fixed webbing design can fix the yoga mat for travel and fitness, making it more convenient to carry.

 

5. The bag can be carried in a variety of ways, on the shoulder/crossbody/handheld, you can switch it according to your needs to match various occasions.

 

6. The trolley strap design on the back of the bag allows the bag to be fixed on the suitcase, making it easy to travel and free your hands.

 

 

The wholesale custom duffel bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the waterproof duffel bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom duffel bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom waterproof duffel bag color

In the wholesale fitness travel waterproof duffel bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom duffel bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale fitness travel waterproof duffel bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom waterproof duffel bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale fitness travel waterproof duffel bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale large waterproof travel duffel bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12678
Custom mens garment duffel bags with logo https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-mens-garment-duffel-bags-with-logo/ Thu, 19 Oct 2023 07:47:32 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12667 In need of  this custom wholesale garment duffel bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Specifications: 55CM*29CM*30CM (width*height*thickness)
  • Color: gray/blue/black
  • Function: shoulder/handheld/crossbody
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale garment duffel bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom mens garment duffel bags with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Parameters and features of this mens garment duffel bag

Duffle bags are a popular choice when travelling and in sports. Bajrne duffle bags in basic size measures 55 cm x 29 cm x 30 cm. With this size and its slider design, it can be used easily anywhere you want to go and is the best carry on duffel bag on our website. It has multi-layered spaces with added pockets which offers convenience to you, especially if it is intended for sports and work. It is also durable, making it adequately comfortable when loading heavy loads inside the duffel garment bag. It is made of high quality oxford cloth water-repellent fabric and has adjustable straps that can be used as a shoulder bag, crossbody bag, or handbag, depending on what is suitable for the situation.

 

Benefits of personalized mens duffle bags custom

There are advantages when you opt to personalize the products you buy. Taking advantage of the customization of these large duffel bags is a very good alternative, instead of searching for a product that readily meets your specifications. You can personalize the fabric, the size, and even the printing on your chosen duffle bag custom item. The thing is, you can even establish your brand with these bags; even just a touch of personal craftsmanship could be your ultimate marketing strategy. With their added quality, personalized sports duffle bags can be your companion anywhere you go.

duffle bag garment bag

Why choose Bajrne custom duffle bags with logo

Take advantage of the customization features of Bajrne products, especially this duffle garment bag. Custom duffle bags with logo are a great addition to the advertisement for your brand. It can even be a great start for those sports and travel businesses that have no idea where to begin in the first place. Submitting your desired logo for the best carry on duffel bag would be printed and distributed according to the quantity you ordered from us. Custom duffle bags with logo are the best catalyst for your brand, especially if you really want some quality products on the market. You can inquire and test our samples if you desire to work with us.

 

Bajrne custom logo duffle bags printing service

Even personalized mens duffle bags are incomplete without the desired logo for your brand. Requesting custom duffle bags with logo will surely increase the visibility of your brand. The Bajrne custom logo can be printed on the body of the custom duffle bag. You can also choose for it to be embroidered if you want a touch of extra fine craftsmanship on the duffle bag. We can also provide woven and leather debossed logos if you want unique sets of duffle bags. Duffle bag custom logos can also include a metal option, or basically whatever you desire. We will always ensure that we have you covered with your inquiries and choices.

 

Bajrne garment duffel bag combo color

Aside from getting the custom logo duffle bags, we also offer different color choices to choose from. Basic options include red, light gray, dark gray, black, and Baolan. These five colors can be ordered without customization, but if you are a frequent customer or a new one who seeks personalized mens duffle bags, we offer you infinite choices of colors. Depending on whether it can be acquired in time, we can surely proceed with your order. With this option, you can freely customize the desire of things you want the duffle bag custom designs to appear, especially if you want these to become one of your statement pieces.

best garment duffel bag

Bag fabric options of Bajrne duffle garment bag custom

A Bajrne duffel garment bag fabric can be customized to what you prefer. From the size, color, and fabric, you can basically change what you see from the basic appearance of our large duffel bags on this page. Depending on what you prefer, the popular choices include cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, and oxford cloth. We highly recommend ordering custom sports duffle bags to better promote the business and brand you have. With our help and our availability, we are sure we can make it happen.

 

Bajrne 6 best carry on garment duffel bag

The best thing about our carry on garment duffel bag is its availability under our brand. You can customize what type and what kind of duffle bags you want for your business or personal giveaways. Here are our recommendations:

 

  • Leather Duffels
  • Backpack Duffels
  • Waterproof Duffels
  • Classic Duffels
  • Convertible Duffels
  • Rolling Duffels

Anything outside of these types can be customized the way your actual plan is. There are many options available on the market, so don’t hesitate to inquire. Anything that you think is doable is always possible!

 

Bajrne large duffle bag size

We typically offer Bajrne large duffel bags with 55 cm x 29 cm x 30 cm measurements. But we believe that you might want something bigger or something smaller. You can always feel free to inquire, and we can set the parameters you desire. Remember that all of the customizations have their own designated prices that can be summed up in the quotation.

 

  • Bajrne custom large duffle bags price – Price differs depending on the custom materials you requested. The price can also differ depending on the order quantity you place.
  • Best carry on duffel bag capacity – The large duffel bagscan carry up to 36-55L of weight. However, it still depends on the size you request upon inquiry and discussion.
duffle bag size

Applicable gender of personalized sports duffle bags custom

These Bajrne small to large duffel bags and personalized duffle bags for sports are applicable to both men and women. With the available set of colors, it is applicable to genders who might want it. However, because of the capacity and styles that are mostly stressed in sports and work, we advertise this as our recommendation for men, especially with the suits and plain design for our basic and non-custom wholesale carry-on garment duffel bag.

 

MOQ of custom personalized duffle bags for sports

For wholesale, we require at least 50 pieces of duffle bags to be ordered. For custom sports duffle bags or personalized duffle bags, we require at least 500 pieces for a single order. In this way, we can practice a cost-effective process for the overall manufacturing process. This is because we believe in environmentally friendly solutions for our entire business, and we aim to provide them to our customers in the same way.

 

Printing art of personalized duffle bag for men

Printing on your duffle bags is one of the things you can customize when you order men’s personalized duffle bags. You can let us do that for you when you submit to us a copy or a blueprint of the design you desire. It could be your logo, the style of your brand, or a custom paint you might want to incorporate on the Bajrne duffle bags. It could also be a drawing or a sample painting. Just remember that everything you send will be copied as per your instructions.

 

Mens personalized garment duffle bags custom process

If you desire to work with us and grab your best carry on duffel bag, you can follow these steps:

 

1.  Inquiry – When you already have the customization you want, contact us and send an inquiry.

 

2. Quotation – According to your inquiry and some discussions on the materials we can use, we can then send a quotation for the total price.

 

3. Details – After confirmation of the entire price that was sent, we can discuss more details on how you would like to apply the designs and other specifications we can apply.

 

4. Sample Confirmation – After the discussion, we will confirm the number of samples we must deliver.

 

5. Contract Signing & Deposit – After confirmation, we will sign an agreement providing the terms and conditions of the business. After signing, you can then deposit the down payment for the samples.

 

5. Mass Production – When all is done, we will start the production. It usually takes one to two weeks for minimum order quantity and longer for greater amounts.

 

6. Shipment – After the production, the items will be shipped to your address.

 

7. Balance & Delivery – After waiting for several days since shipment, you can pay the remaining balance at delivery to your door.

 

8. Further Cooperation –  After the delivery, you can contact us to make sure that the products are well received

 

9. After Sales – We also provide assistance in the event that the products are damaged during shipment. Any problem that arises or may arise will be well-served even after you receive the products.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom waterproof oxford cloth garment duffel bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom mens garment duffel bags with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12667
Reusable cos recycled polyester bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/reusable-cos-recycled-polyester-bag-wholesale/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 09:07:45 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12625 In need of  this custom wholesale cos recycled polyester bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Load: 20KG
  • Specifications: 39cm*60cm
  • Material: 100% polyester/RPET
  • Is it foldable: yes
  • Color: customized
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale cos recycled polyester bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Reusable cos recycled polyester bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom reusable polyester bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cos recycled polyester bag color

In the reusable cos recycled polyester bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cos recycled polyester bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the reusable cos recycled polyester bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom cos recycled polyester bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the reusable cos recycled polyester bag wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Reusable cos recycled polyester bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12625
Portable large reusable shopping bag custom wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/reusable-shopping-bag-custom-wholesale/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 08:46:52 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12616 In need of  this custom wholesale rpet tote bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: 230T RPET polyester
  • Weight: 0.04kg
  • Size: 35cm * 45cm * 50cm
  • Color: burgundy, purple, green, blue (optional)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale rpet tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Portable large reusable shopping bag custom wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Live a more sustainable life with Bjarne’s large reusable shopping bag. Check out this custom-made eco-friendly bag for carrying groceries, packing lunch, going to the gym, traveling, and more.

Contact us today to learn more about Bjarne’s large reusable custom bags.

Features Of Bjarne Large Custom Reusable Shopping Bag

The Bjarne large reusable bags have some exciting features. These are:

RPET polyester

We can custom-made our handbags in various ways, including the materials but this reusable shopping bag is primarily made from RPET polyester. This fabric is recycled plastic, making the bag perfectly eco-friendly.

More than that, rPET is durable, water-resistant, and fade-resistant. These are all amazing benefits that make the Bjarne reusable bags with logos a better alternative to poly bags.

Customized logo

One of the best features of our reusable shopping bags with logos is the fact you can customize them. We can print any logo or design you want, making the bag a nice promotional tool to help boost your business.

Large size

Our custom reusable bags with logos are big with a size of 35cm x 45cm x 50cm. You need to carry lots of groceries in one go? Well then, this shopping bag is just what you’re looking for. Along with how sturdy the custom bag is, our reusable bag can help you hold plenty.

Customized color

The standard colors we can make our reusable custom bags include burgundy, blue, green, and purple. But as you can expect from a custom bag maker, we can customize their color. You can show us the colors you want and we’ll produce shopping bags in the exact hue.

Portable large capacity rpet tote bags custom

Compact and lightweight

Our reusable bags custom and wholesale are made of lightweight material. They don’t ever feel heavy when not in use. They’re also easily packed—you just fold it and then use the plastic snap button to keep the bag in a compact size.

Tote bag style

Need a shopping bag you can easily carry on your shoulder or hold with your hand? That’s exactly how Bjarne made our large reusable shopping bag with a logo.

It’s a tote-style bag with short handles. It also has an open closure for easy grabbing and putting things inside while you’re shopping or out and about.

Benefits Of Customizing A Reusable Shopping Bag with Logo

Can’t wrap your head around why you should customize your reusable shopping bag with logo? Well, there are two reasons at the top of our heads as to why.

Adds personals style

A logo is one way to add a personal style to custom reusable bags. You see, the logo doesn’t have to be the logo of your company. It can be anything you like, such as your own design, signature, or monogram.

Helps your promotional efforts

The main benefit of customizing a reusable shopping bag is it’s an easy way to promote your business. You can try giving the custom shopping bag to your customers as a giveaway. The more they use it, the more they will recognize your brand.

Why Choose Bjarne Custom Shopping Bag Manufacturer

There are many bag makers out there, so why would you choose Bjarne? Let’s try to convince you with the following reasons:

Experienced bag manufacturer

Bjarne has been making reusable custom bags for more than 18 years. We’re an experienced bag manufacturer, meaning we know exactly what we do. You want us to make a shopping bag that you can reuse repeatedly? We’ll make exactly what you’re looking for!

The best prices

We offer the best prices thanks to being a direct manufacturer. If you are looking for quality reusable shopping bag with logo to sell for a profit for a price that won’t put a hole in your pocket, then you’d be glad to know we are one of the best options.

Custom made bags

Bjarne is a custom bag maker, so we’re the place to go when you want a specific style of bag, including shopping bags. We can make you reusable shopping bags in different materials, colors, or styles however you want.

reusable shopping bag custom

Advantages Of Purchasing Bjarne Wholesale Large Reusable Shopping Bag

Why would you want to buy reusable shopping bags in bulk when you can just buy them individually? Let’s turn your mind around with the following advantages of reusable bags wholesale purchase.

You get significant cost savings

Buying large reuse bags in bulk can save you on costs through reduced prices. When you buy in bulk, Bjarne can give you some discounts to cut off from the total price. Lower prices mean reduced overall procurement costs and an increase in your profit margins.

Better variety of products

Wholesalers like Bjarne provide a wide array of products. For example, we offer varying styles of tote-style reuse shopping bags. Besides shopping bags, there are also other products like backpacks, travel bags, lunch bags, etc. that you can choose from.

Smaller minimum order quantity

One of the biggest advantages of wholesale reusable bags is the smaller minimum order quantity (MOQ). In the case of Bjarne large reusable shopping bags, we can provide a minimum of 50 pieces for wholesale bags.

Available Styles Of Bjarne Reusable Bags Wholesale

This Bjarne portable large reusable custom bag is available mainly in tote bag style. It has an open closure and two short handles in colors like green and blue. But as a custom bag maker, we can make other reusable bags in different styles besides the tote bag.

Simply contact our team to let them know your ideal reusable bag style.

Bjarne Reusable Custom Bags Color Options

In terms of color options, this Bjarne large reusable shopping bag has plenty. We can make them in standard blue, green, purple, and burgundy colors. But we can also make it in other hues using our sample colors or our client’s own sample colors.

Application Scope Of Bjarne Custom Reusable Bags

What are the different ways you can use a custom reusable bag? Check them out below:

Shopping

Of course, the primary use of the bag is for shopping. With the bag’s sturdy construction and large capacity, you’re able to carry this week’s groceries with ease.

Packing lunch

Need something to pack your kid’s lunch? Instead of paper or single-use plastic bags, use your reusable shopping bag instead.

To and from the beach or gym

So, you’re on the beach or the gym with your stinky or damp clothes and other items you can’t put in your bag. An easy way to carry them home is by using a reuse bag.

Reusable Shopping Bag Custom Wholesale Process

So, you’re ready to purchase custom reusable shopping bags in bulk. But before that, you want to know how the whole process goes. Well, here are the steps we take:

Inquiry, Quotation, And Details

The process starts when you send us an inquiry, providing us with some details about your order. With the info we have, we’ll reply with a quotation so you know if it’s within your budget. If you want to continue, we will go on to iron out the rest of the details.

Confirm Sample, Contract, And Deposit

When we get the details of the order, we’ll start making a sample product for you to check. Once you’ve given us the go-ahead, we’ll proceed to the contract signing. You will also need to pay for a deposit before we proceed.

Mass Production and Shipment

When the deposit is confirmed, our team will mass-produce the reusable custom bags. We will contact you beforehand when the bags are ready for shipment. Once again with your ahead, we will have them delivered.

Product Delivered and After-Sales Service

Depending on your location, it will take days to weeks before you receive the shipment. But don’t worry because we will assist you throughout this whole ordeal. Bjarne also provides an after-sales service in case there are still some issues along the way.

Contact us today to get your custom reusable shopping bag with logo.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the portable large capacity rpet tote bags custom, As a professional reusable custom bags manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Portable large reusable shopping bag custom wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12616
Wholesale non woven reuse bags for shopping https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-non-woven-reuse-bags-for-shopping/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 08:17:27 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12607 In need of  this custom wholesale reuse bags for shopping? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: White
  • Weight: 80g
  • Size: customizable
  • Material: PET fabric
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale rpet shopping bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale non woven reuse bags for shopping first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Are you tired of buying plastic bags again and again to go grocery shopping? Not only are they expensive, but they’re also unreliable, not to mention harmful to the environment. The good news is Bjarne has the perfect solution for reusable shopping bags.

 

Our non woven reusable bags are durable and versatile shopping bags that can handle heavy weight any day. They’re also environmentally friendly, customizable, and available for wholesale purchase, just the right bag for a variety of purposes.

 

Non-Woven Reuse Bags For Shopping Details And Features

What can you expect from Bjarne non woven reuse bags? You can expect plenty of excellent features. If you are looking for a shopping bag that you can use for a lot more than just shopping, you are definitely on the right page.

 

1. Reusable

Are you an environmentally conscious shopper? Then you’ll be glad to know that our non-woven bags are reusable—you can easily clean them, store them, and then use them again the next time you shop.

 

2. Eco-Friendly And Cost-Effective

The Bjarne non woven tote bags are made from eco-friendly materials, so no worries there. And since you reuse it, you can reduce your plastic trash accumulation all while saving money on costs.

 

3. High Load Capacity

Ordinary poly bags can’t hold a lot of loads and will easily rip or tear—not our reuse bags. It has an excellent load-bearing capacity, capable of bearing about 5 to 10 kilograms. This means you can definitely shop or pack a lot with these bags.

 

4. Sturdy But Comfortable Handles

For the reusable bags to be able to handle heavy loads, they have strong handles. But the handles are not only sturdy—they are also soft to the touch, making them super comfortable and don’t hurt your shoulder or hand.

 

5. Even And Beautiful Stitching

The stitching of the reusable shopping bags can tell you if they’re truly durable or not. Well, Bjarne’s reuse bags have evenly threaded small stitches. They are not only beautiful but truly well-made.

 

6. Customizable Designs

Bjarne is a customization expert, so our reusable bags are available in multiple colors, sizes, materials, and printing processes. If you want a large green reuse bag made from rPET fabric, we can definitely make them.

Generally, our wholesale reuse shopping bags are made following the stock styles. But if you have specific design preferences, we can make them if you provide us with pictures or design samples. Contact us to know more about it.

Wholesale eco friendly tote rpet shopping bags

Why Choose Bjarne Wholesale Non-Woven Reuse Bags For Shopping

The Bjarne non woven shopping bags are reusable for shopping and others feature the standard benefits of a reuse bag. They’re durable and eco-friendly, reusable, have sturdy handles, and have a large capacity.

 

1. The shopping bags are customizable

But besides these benefits, our reusable bags offer the added advantage of being customizable. What does this mean? It means you can get the bags in different colors, different materials, different sizes, and different designs.

 

2. The shopping bags can be bought in bulk

Bjarne offers wholesale non woven bags, which means you can buy the bags in bulk. This is great if you plan to sell the custom shopping bags for profit. By buying wholesale, we can offer a much better price than an individual purchase.

 

Bjarne Wholesale Reusable Shopping Bag Size Selection

How big are our non woven tote bags? How small? Well, it can be as big or as small as you want. The size of Bjarne wholesale non-woven bags is customizable. We can make them into the standard dimensions—22” W x 15” H x 8” D (Large), 16” W x12” H x 6” D (Medium), and 12” W x10” H x 4” D (Small)—or any other size you want.

recycled shopping bags

Bjarne Reuse Bag Style Selection

Our reuse bag is a non woven tote style shopping bag with an open top and sturdy handles. Why tote-bag style? Well, it makes the bag highly suitable for a wide variety of uses, not just grocery shopping.

 

But as a custom bag maker, we can create other types of reusable shopping bags. If you want a different material for your reuse bag, we can also make cotton bags, laminated shopping bags, rPET bags, and more.

 

Bjarne Reusable Shopping Bags Fabric Selection

We mainly use PET fabric for our wholesale non woven bags for shopping. PET fabric is made from recycled plastic, which makes it durable and sustainable. This makes the shopping bags great for the environment, not just for the fact it is reusable.

 

However, our fabric selection for making reusable bags also includes polyester, cotton canvas, Oxford cloth, and many more. Each of them has its pros and cons, and we recommend discussing with our team to decide which fabric is best for your needs.

eco friendly bags

Benefits Of Bjarne Reusable Bags

You’re already used to using ordinary plastic bags, so why would you want to switch to non woven reusable bags? There are a lot of good reasons and here we will tell you some of them:

 

1. They are more durable

Plastic is one of the strongest materials out there. Reusable bags are often made from plastic (PET) fabric, which is more durable than ordinary plastic bags.

 

2. They can hold more weight

Courtesy of the PET fabric used to make reusable shopping bags, you can expect them not to rip or tear easily and be able to carry more weight than poly bags.

 

3. They are easier to use

Sure, you can just ball up a plastic bag and wedge it somewhere in the cupboards. But reuse bags are just as easy to use—carry, pack, and unload them without much fuss.

 

4. They are more environmentally friendly

We said before that it uses polyethylene terephthalate (PET) fabric. PET fabric is recycled plastic made from PET bottles, which means you’re helping lessen the damage to the environment by using the reusable bag.

 

5. They are more cost-effective

One of the reusable bags’ benefits is it’s more cost-effective to use it. After all, you won’t have to buy new shopping bags again and again when you can simply reuse them.

 

6. They are more stylish

Compared to poly bags, reusable bags are a lot more attractive especially if you customize them with your own designs or logos.

Uses Of Bjarne Reuse Bags For Shopping

Non woven reusable bags can be more than shopping bags. You can use them not just to carry your groceries, which makes them an important item to have in the kitchen. In the case of Bjarne reuse bags, they even work as an advertising tool.

 

Since we can customize them, you can have your logo or slogan printed on the bag. This can help boost your brand’s visibility or help more people know about your company or store. Not only is it a practical tool—it’s also much cheaper than a full marketing campaign.

 

Besides a marketing tool, here are more of our Bjarne reuse bags’ uses:

 

1. Pack Lunch

If you don’t have anything to pack your lunch with, our reusable bag works well enough–easily cleaned and reused so you don’t need disposable bags.

 

2. Carry Snacks For Trips

Are you going on a trip and need a bag to carry your things? Well, reusable bags are perfect for carrying snacks, towels, and other essentials for picnics and beaches.

 

3. Tote Bags for Everyday Essentials

We often use plastic bags for carrying everyday items. Instead of that, it’s better to use Bjarne reusable non woven tote bags.

 

Printing Process Of Wholesale Non Woven Bags For Shopping

The printing process of Bjarne non-woven reusable shopping bags differs depending on the printing method. Some of the methods we use are embroidery, silk printing, leather debossing, metal logos, and woven labels.

 

Each of these methods has different processes complete with pros and cons. If you want to know more about what makes a printing method a better choice, we can discuss them all during the customization process.

 

Reusable Non Woven Tote Bag Wholesale Customization Process

What do you need to do to have the reusable shopping bags you bought customized? You can start by sending us an inquiry. Let us know what you want and what the order will be. When we receive your message, we will send back a quotation as soon as possible.

 

1. Discuss Customization Details Further

After this first correspondence, we proceed to discuss all the details regarding the reusable bags. We will ask you to provide specific details on the color, style, material, and design of the non-woven reusable bags you want customized.

 

2. Sample Product and Contract Signing

When details are confirmed, our team will work on creating a sample product for you to confirm. If the sample product meets your requirements, the next step is to sign the contract and the payment of partial deposit.

 

3. Mass Production and Delivery

Once these are all in order, we can proceed with the mass production of your custom reusable shopping bags. When the bags are ready and you have paid the balance, we will proceed with delivering them. Rest assured that this will be a speedy delivery.

 

4. Further Cooperation and After-Sale Service

Our service doesn’t stop once we ship your order. We are still available for further cooperation in case you have questions or more concerns. Our after-sale service is open to assist you 24/7.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale eco friendly tote rpet shopping bags, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale non woven reuse bags for shopping first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12607
Custom reusable non woven shopping bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-reusable-non-woven-shopping-bag-wholesale/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 07:43:51 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12597 In need of  this custom wholesale reusable shopping bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: rpet non-woven fabric
  • Weight: 0.2kg
  • Size: 30cm*17cm*40cm
  • Usage: shopping bag
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale reusable shopping bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom reusable non woven shopping bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom reusable shopping bags rpet non woven bag

If you are looking for a suitable reusable shopping bags, this rpet non woven bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This rpet non woven bag has the following features:

 

1. Healthy, environmentally friendly and reusable.

 

2. Reinforced bottom and good weighability.

 

3. The sewing thread is firm and not easy to break.

 

4. Perfect printing, LOGO can be printed.

 

5. Built-in locking edge, not easy to break.

 

The wholesale custom reusable shopping bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the rpet non woven bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom reusable shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom reusable shopping bags color

In the custom reusable shopping bags rpet non woven bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom rpet non woven bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom reusable shopping bags rpet non woven bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom reusable shopping bags rpet non woven bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom reusable shopping bags rpet non woven bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom reusable non woven shopping bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12597
Reusable eco friendly shopping bags bulk wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/reusable-eco-friendly-shopping-bags-wholesale/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 07:13:04 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12587 In need of  this custom reusable shopping bag wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale eco-friendly shopping bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Reusable eco friendly shopping bags bulk wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Did you know that the degradation process of a single plastic bag can take up to three centuries?

 

With rising awareness of the environmental consequences among consumers and the growing aspiration to reduce plastic usage, it is only natural to consider adopting eco-friendly shopping bags.

 

Eco shopping bags are constructed from a variety of environmentally conscious materials, including but not limited to:

 

  • Recyclable materials
  • Biodegradable components
  • Reusable elements

Materials For Crafting Wholesale Reusable Eco Friendly Bags

Although eco-friendly shopping bags frequently undergo recycling processes, their biodegradability is not always guaranteed.

 

The following materials are among the most widely used for reusable eco friendly bags:

 

  • Jute
  • Bamboo
  • Nonwoven fabric
  • Cotton Fabric
  • Recycled PET materials
  • Kraft newspaper/paper

Because of their high sustainability, environmentalists frequently favor alternatives like jute and bamboo for their reusable eco friendly bags.

 

Business and dining establishments favor Kraft paper bags due to their advantageous combination of cost-effectiveness and ecological sustainability.

 

In addition to their environmentally beneficial nature, they possess the qualities of being recyclable and biodegradable.

reusable eco friendly bags

Features of Reusable Eco-Friendly Shopping Bags Bulk Wholesale

Are you looking at purchasing a large quantity of personalized reusable eco friendly bags for your daily shopping? Well, Bjarne Handbags is a manufacturer of wholesale custom bags that can be enhanced to meet your particular specifications.

 

For your information this are the product information for Bjarne’s reusable shopping bag wholesale:

 

  • Logo:can be printed
  • Minimum order quantity:500PCS for customized bags
  • Minimum order quantity: 50% for wholesale bags
  • Sample days:5-7 days

Bjarne is an exceptionally valuable investment. Why? For your thought, Bjarne also offers the following additional services such as:

 

Regarding logo customization, Bjarne provides the following to its consumers:

 

  • Metal logo
  • Silk printing
  • Rubber badge
  • Embroidery logo
  • Silk printing logo
  • Debossed logo
  • Woven label
  • Stamped logo

Regarding package customization, Bjarne provides the following to its consumers:

 

  • Shipping Carton
  • PE bag
  • Compostable bag
  • Hangtag
  • Paper box
  • Sticker

Throughout the customized reusable shopping bag wholesale, Bjarne offers comprehensive support. Bag sizes, materials, colors, logo customization options are included.

 

So, what are you waiting for? Contact Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer today!

reusable shopping bag wholesale

Bjarne Offers A Wide Range Of Customized handbags In Addition To Eco-friendly Shopping Bags.

Apart from eco-friendly shopping bags, Bjarne provides a wide array of personalized handbags products with their own uniqueness and benefits that are crafted to fulfill particular consumer specifications, such as:

 

Trivia: Did you know that Bjarne’s OEM branding collaborations have left customers amazed, featuring partnerships with iconic and very popular brands in the world  like:

 

  • Zara
  • Starbucks
  • Fila
  • Tommy Hilfiger
  • Black Blum London
  • H&M
  • Disney
  • Jones New York

Is investing in reusable shopping bags or various handbags from Bjarne a worthwhile choice?

 

The answer is yes, it is very worth it to purchase reusable shopping bag wholesale or any types of handbag mentioned below at Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer.

 

Consider the following ideas that demonstrate why investing reusable shopping bag wholesale or any types of handbags in Bjarne is a very wise decision:

 

Full Manufacturing Capacity of Bjarne for HandBags with regard to production:

 

  • Bjarne can produce 50K backpacks
  • 100K pu fashion bags
  • 1000K shopping totes at full capacity.
  • The maximum worker number was 150.
  • More than 1000 stock styles are available.
Bag manufacturer

Why Choose Bjarne handbag manufacturer for reusable shopping bag wholesale?

Bjarne, a renowned custom bag manufacturer with a remarkable 18-year history, differentiates itself through the provision of exceptional handbags priced competitively.

 

Listed below are six reasons why selecting Bjarne to customize your reusable shopping bag wholesale is a wise investment.

 

  1. Reasonable Pricing for Bags: By removing intermediaries as a direct bag manufacturer, Bjarne can decrease unit costs and enhance overall pricing for consumers

 

  1. Continuously Available Customer Service:Bjarne are a preeminent supplier of reusable shopping bag wholesale and many kinds of handbags due to conscientious custom bag manufacturing and timely responses, which effectively conserve your valuable time.

 

  1. Credit-Adaptive Sales: Bjarne enthusiastically provide adaptable Credit Sales alternatives, catering to both bag startups and established brands which is good thing for you if you want to purchase reusable eco friendly bags.

 

  1. Guaranteed Quality: To guarantee its quality and your complete contentment, each eco-friendly shopping bags produced by Bjarne premier bag manufacturer in China is subjected to rigorous quality checks before packaging.

 

  1. Minimal MOQ for Handbags:In consideration of the demands associated with small-scale orders, Bjarne, gladly accommodates minimal MOQ for eco-friendly shopping bags and any kinds of handbags.

 

  1. Fast, reliable delivery: With over 100 people in Bjarne company they ensures consistent production and quick delivery for any handbags including reusable shopping bag wholesale.

 

Additionally, Bjarne offers the following supplementary services to its consumers such as:

 

  • Service-Free Warehouse
  • Service for Photographs
  • Free Design of Handbag
  • Free Mass Production Sample
eco-friendly shopping bags

Explore The World Class Bjarne Handbag Factory Machines

Because the Bjarne Handbag Factory Machines are of superior quality, consumers can purchase bulk eco-friendly shopping bags from Bjarne with confidence.

 

Below are the remarkable machine equipment that Bjarne holds.

 

1. Handbag cutting machine:A Bjarne handbag manufacturer features two cutting machines. Most polyester, nylon, cotton, and PU leather bags are cuttable. It might cut 150K bags monthly.

 

2. Handbag Single lockstitch machine: Eighty single lockstitch machines in the bag factory allow 80 people to sew handbags simultaneously. It could sew 100-150K handbags monthly.

 

3. Cylinder bed compound feed lockstitch sewing machine: A 12-cylinder bed compound feed lockstitch stitching machine is utilized at the bag factory.

 

4. Computer pattern sewing machine: There are eight computer pattern stitching devices at the bag factory. It was capable of both regular and irregular stitching.

 

5. Folding edge machine: For certain leather handbags to be of higher quality, a regular edge must be obtained. There is one feeding edge machine at the bag facility.

 

6. Edge Oil painting: Capable of producing PU leather purses, the bag factory possesses edge oil painting equipment. Your inquiry is welcome if you possess the PU leather purses.

 

7.Handbag Silk Printing: Highlighted logos are crucial for advertising or brand recognition on bespoke handbags. Bespoke purses are frequently imprinted with silk.

 

Bjarne tote bag manufacturer welcomes your inquiries regarding additional information.

Sample Dimensions And Sizes: Reusable Shopping Bag Wholesale

While provided with sample dimensions and measurements of reusable shopping bags bulk, the ultimate determination remains within your control.

 

Securing the ideal fit for foodstuffs, retail items, or promotional events, these varied sizes  of eco-friendly shopping bags  provide a selection of alternatives appropriate for a variety of purposes.

 

  • Small: 10 inches in height, 8 inches in width, and 4 inches in depth.
  • Medium: 12 inches in height, 10 inches in width, and 5 inches in depth.
  • Large:15 inches in height, 12 inches in width, and 6 inches in depth.
  • Extra-Large:18 inches in height, 14 inches in width, and 8 inches in depth.

By offering reusable eco friendly bags that are both functional and environmentally sustainable, the provided measurements accommodate a variety of requirements.

 

At Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer, measurements and designs are modified to suit your particular requirements. Your choice and decisions is matter.

 

Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer Process Of Reusable Shopping Bag Wholesale

Having the capability to produce one-of-a-kind reusable eco friendly bags designs or samples, the customization options available to Bjarne as a manufacturer of custom-made handbags are extensive.

 

The detailed procedure for customizing reusable shopping bag wholesale level is provided in the following section.

 

  • Send us inquiry
  • Received our quotation
  • Discuss the details
  • Confirm the sample
  • Sign contract and deposit
  • Mass production
  • Ready for shipment
  • Balance and delivery
  • Further cooperation
  • After sale service

6 Benefits Of Reusable Shopping Bag Bulk Wholesale

Discover the six economic and ecological benefits and advantages of bulk wholesale reusable shopping bags.

 

  1. Reusable Eco Friendly Bags Offer Wildlife Protection

  • To safeguard wildlife, choose reusable eco friendly bags. Each year, millions of animals are endangered by single-use plastic bags. Switch in eco-friendly shopping bags to assist in the protection of our planet and its inhabitants.
  1. Prevent Landfills From Overflowing

  • Once discarded plastic bags reach landfills, they continue indefinitely, degrading into hazardous particulates capable of contaminating water and soil. So it is better to use eco-friendly shopping bags.
  1. Beneficial to the environment

  • US consumers use around billion of plastic bags, which take years to degrade into hazardous particles. Plastic bags kill approximately thousands of marine animals annually, emphasizing the need for eco-friendly shopping bags
  1. Appreciate Durability and Strength

  • Plastic bags are weaker than eco-friendly shopping bags Good for grocery loading and unloading, they resist ripping and punctures. With less leak risk and greater hygiene control, eco shopping bags are stronger and cleaner.
  1. Reuse For Alternative Purposes

  • As structured tote bags, reusable eco friendly bagsare multifunctional. In addition to lunches, road trip snacks, and library books, these bags are useful.
  1. Reducing Pollution

  • Plastic, especially bags, harms the environment. It degrade in a thousand years and plastic bag pollution is high since just one percent of the one hundred billiob used yearly is recycled. By using eco-friendly shopping bags, you may prevent these situations.

Take advantage of reusable shopping bags bulk wholesale to save money, decrease environmental effect, and offer inexpensive, eco-friendly shopping bags.

 

Purchase Reusable Shopping Bag Wholesale Today!

The negative environmental impacts caused by disposable plastic bags are effectively mitigated and resolved through the use of reusable eco friendly bags.

 

Reusable eco friendly bags have a positive environmental impact by reducing dependence on disposable plastic resources. In addition, they highlight the positive impact of sustainable decisions and provide consumers with conspicuous visibility of your brand’s information.

 

Contact Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer if you are in search of a renowned factory that specializes in the customization of reusable shopping bag wholesale bulk.

 

We ensure complete fulfillment of all your requirements by providing an extensive range of products and services.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

  • Indeed, bulk wholesale orders from Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer can be customized in terms of size, design, and additional specifications to meet the customer's particular needs.

For any question about the reusable eco friendly shopping bags wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Reusable eco friendly shopping bags bulk wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12587
Custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/reusable-lunch-bags-rpet-cooler-bag/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 06:15:06 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12576 In need of  this custom wholesale reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: 420D RPET
  • Weight: 0.25kg
  • Lining: 3mm pearl cotton + aluminum foil
  • Size: 29Lx18Wx23H cm
  • Outer pocket size: L:29Lx16.5H cm
  • Portable size: 20L*3W cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag

If you are looking for a suitable reusable lunch bags, this rpet cooler bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This  reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag has the following features:

 

1.100% food grade.

 

2. Recycled PET fabric, reusable, recyclable and sustainable.

 

3. Light weight, durable, tear-resistant and wear-resistant.

 

4. High-quality aluminum foil lining and accessories, thermal insulation and cold insulation.

 

5. Durable faux leather handle.

 

6. Front zipper pocket.

 

The wholesale custom reusable lunch bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the rpet cooler bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom thermal and cold lunch bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag color

In the custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom rpet cooler bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom rpet cooler bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom printing reusable lunch bags rpet cooler bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12576
Custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/polyester-laundry-bag/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 02:49:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12555 In need of  this custom wholesale polyester laundry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Weight: 0.08kg
  • Color: black, gray, blue
  • Size (cm*cm): small size 30*40 fine mesh/medium size 40*50 fine mesh
  • Size (cm*cm): Large 50*60 coarse mesh/60*80 extra large coarse mesh
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale polyester laundry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag

If you are looking for a suitable polyester laundry bag, this polyester bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This polyester laundry bag has the following features:

 

1. The drawstring is strong, durable and smooth to use.

 

2. Strictly use standard fabrics, thick and fine mesh fabrics weigh 60 grams and sandwich fabrics weigh 180 grams.

 

3. The binding fabric used is 60 grams in weight and will not burst.

 

4. The stitch length is 4 stitches per centimeter.

 

5. Large capacity, large opening.

 

6. It does not deform or wrap when used.

 

7. Meet a variety of needs: coarse mesh is suitable for thicker clothes, thicker clothes in autumn and winter; fine mesh is suitable for thinner clothes, and cleaner clothes in spring and summer.

 

Precautions:

 

1. This product is only suitable for clothes that can be washed in a home washing machine.

 

2. Please wash according to the washing instructions in the clothing.

 

3. It cannot be used for clothes that need to be hand washed or dry cleaned.

 

4. To avoid damage to the laundry mesh bag, do not over-wash or put clothes with sharp metal parts into the bag for washing.

 

The wholesale custom polyester laundry bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the polyester laundry bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom laundry bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom polyester laundry bag color

In the custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom polyester laundry bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom polyester laundry bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom drawstring mesh polyester laundry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12555
Wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-polyester-crossbody-bag/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 02:03:15 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12546 In need of  this custom wholesale polyester crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: black, gray, blue
  • Dimensions: Width 18.5cm*Height 30cm*Thickness 8cm
  • Overall structure: front vertical zipper bag, main bag, rear zipper bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale polyester crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag

If you are looking for a suitable polyester crossbody bag, this polyester bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This polyester crossbody bag has the following features:

 

1.Multiple colors available.

 

2. Made of water-repellent fabric, durable and wear-resistant.

 

3. Set up multiple bags for convenient and quick storage.

 

4. Flexible hand strap, not easy to pinch when carrying the load.

 

5. The slider is carefully crafted and comfortable to hold and pull without any lag.

 

6. Intimate charging hole, you can avoid the trouble of running out of power no matter how far you go.

 

7. Electroplated hardware, after repeated grinding and polishing, will not fade easily after long-term use.

 

The wholesale custom polyester crossbody bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the polyester bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom crossbody bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom polyester crossbody bag color

In the wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom polyester crossbody bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom polyester crossbody bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale men black tote polyester crossbody bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12546
Custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/tote-bag-polyester-shopping-bags/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 01:26:39 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12536 In need of  this custom wholesale tote bag polyester shopping bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.185KG
  • Fabric: Oxford cloth
  • Style: folding shopping bag
  • Dimensions: Height 34cm* Top width 45cm* Thickness 14cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale tote bag polyester shopping bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags

If you are looking for a suitable tote bag polyester shopping bags, this polyester bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This tote bag polyester shopping bags has the following features:

 

1. Large capacity and environmentally friendly, can be used repeatedly.

 

2. Select high-quality Oxford cloth, which is strong and wear-resistant, environmentally friendly and odorless.

 

3. Foldable, easy to store and does not take up space.

 

4. Waterproof, easy to care for and can be washed repeatedly.

 

 

The wholesale custom shopping polyester bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the polyester bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom shopping bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shopping polyester bag color

In the custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom polyester bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom polyester bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom foldable tote bag polyester shopping bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12536
Foldable portable polyester tote bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/polyester-tote-bag-wholesale/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 12:14:55 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12524 In need of  this custom wholesale polyester tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Dimensions: Length: 54.5 Width: 0.1 Height: 62 (mm)
  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: can be customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale polyester tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Foldable portable polyester tote bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom polyester tote bag color

In the foldable portable polyester tote bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom polyester tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the foldable portable polyester tote bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom polyester tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the foldable portable polyester tote bag wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Foldable portable polyester tote bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12524
Custom sports polyester drawstring bag pouch https://china-handbag-factory.com/polyester-drawstring-bag-pouch/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 11:49:46 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12515 In need of  this custom wholesale polyester drawstring bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 210kg
  • Size: 30*20 (mm*mm)
  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: can be customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale polyester drawstring bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom sports polyester drawstring bag pouch first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom Sports Polyester Drawstring Bag Pouch

Bjarne Polyester drawstring bags are versatile bags that work well as grocery bags, lunch bags, promotional items, corporate giveaways, and more. Bjarne’s custom sports polyester drawstring bag pouch is even better as it’s not only versatile but durable and customizable.

 

Because these custom drawstring bags are composed of synthetic fiber, they are an environmentally friendly choice if you need a large but easily packed bag. Polyester bags made by Bjarne are ideal for both personal and promotional uses.

Custom sports polyester drawstring bag pouch

Why Customized Polyester Drawstring Bags

1. Strong and Durable

Our polyester drawstring bags are strong and durable. They can handle large loads because they are made of polyester. Additionally, resistant to wrinkling and shrinking, Bjarne polyester bags maintain their excellent appearance even after repeated uses.

 

2. Lots of Colors and Design Options

We provide personalization for our drawstring bags, so a wide range of colors and designs is possible. You can choose from a variety of sizes, patterns, and hues to fit your personal tastes or the unique requirements of your clients.

 

3. Reusable and Sustainable

Polyester sublimation drawstring bags are recyclable and eco-friendly. Polyester bags can be reused several times, which reduces waste, unlike PET plastics. Using polyester bags is a great way to contribute to environmental preservation.

 

4. Cost-Effective

Polyester is far less expensive than natural fabrics. Compared to other bags, polyester drawstring bags are more affordable. Get custom polyester drawstring bags in bulk and save a lot of money without sacrificing their usefulness or durability.

 

5. Varied Market

There is a varied and broad market behind polyester bags, including polyester ones. The demand for versatile and durable bags like polyester drawstring pouches is present in daily consumers, businesses, and people looking for sustainable options from plastic bags.

 

6.Promotional Use

Bjarne polyester bags are not only practical but are also an excellent promotional tool. Our cheap drawstring bags with logos can help enhance the brand visibility of any business. It’s all thanks to the bag’s larger surface area offering enough space to imprint logos and such.

 

7. Wide Purposes

Our polyester drawstring bags suit all ages and various purposes, reasons why they are great promotional tools. You can use them to appeal to a wide audience in industries such as retail, hospitality., fitness and wellness, education, sports teams and events, and more. 

Polyester drawstring storage bag

The Benefits Of Choosing Bjarne Custom Drawstring Bags

One reason to purchase Bjarne polyester drawstring bags is our customization service. Our team can tailor our sublimation drawstring bags to client’s personal preferences or the needs of your business’s customers.

 

Another advantage of choosing Bjarne custom drawstring bags is our experience in the bag-making industry. We have been making custom bags for over 18 years, delivery high-quality polyester bags based on client’s requirements.

 

Other benefits you can take advantage of include on-time delivery of our products. Bjarne also offers wholesale purchases, so you can buy in bulk and get them at the best prices possible. You may also take advantage of our 24/7 customer service.

 

Bjarne Custom Polyester Drawstring Bag Color Options

We provide polyester bags for sublimation in various color options. Part of our customization service is tailoring the colors of the bags we make, making them based on the client’s preferred color. You can use our stock colors as reference or provide your own sample color.

 

Bjarne Polyester Drawstring Bag Custom Size Options

The standard size of our polyester drawstring bag for sublimation is 30mm x 20mm. However, you can also purchase it in different sizes through our customization service. Simply let us know what size you want your polyester drawstring bags.

drawstring pouch

Features Of Bjarne Sublimation Drawstring Bags

1. Polyester Fabric

Our polyester bags are made from high-quality polyester or a polyester blend that works perfectly well for sublimation printing. Polyester absorbs sublimation ink well, so the printed logo or design on our bags is high-quality.

 

2. Large Printable Area

Drawstring bags have a sizeable printable area perfect for customization. This large space allows you to be more creative, whether the bag is for personal or promotional use. Bjarne’s drawstring bag has enough printable space for your needs.

 

3. Non-Fading Material

Polyester is also known for its color fastness. You can expect sublimation prints on polyester bags to not fade easily and stay vibrant for long. Even after washing the bag multiple times, it should still look good.

 

4. Durable

Bjarne custom drawstring bags are highly durable thanks to the polyester material. The bags are sturdy enough for regular use, including activities like outdoor events or sports. Our polyester bags are even strong enough for grocery runs.

 

5. Drawstring Closure Mechanism

Our polyester bags use drawstring as the closure mechanism. It’s simple and easy to use, allowing quick opening and closure of the bag by only pulling or releasing the drawstrings. The drawstrings also feature a casual and laidback aesthetic.

 

6. Design Options

Our polyester drawstring bag for sublimation is customizable, so you have nearly limitless options when it comes to colors, sizes, and designs. Bjarne can make a polyester bag of your specific style or a variety of options that your customers will like.

Applicable Scenarios Of Polyester Bag For Sublimation

Bjarne sublimation drawstring bags work well for various scenarios, such as:

 

1. Promotion Products

Drawstring bags are popular promotional giveaways at sports events, trade shows, and company promotions customized with vibrant logos and slogans.

 

2. Gifts and Souvenirs

A polyester bag for sublimation is great for personalized gifts and souvenirs as it allows customization with intricate designs.

 

3. Sports and Fitness Gear

You can use polyester drawstring bags as sports backpacks, gym bags, or brand gear for sports teams, fitness clubs, and sporting events.

 

4. School and University Merchandise

Polyester drawstring bags can also be used for school and university merchandise ideal for students, alumni, and special events.

 

5. Outdoor and Travel Gear

Polyester drawstring bags may be small, but they are durable and capable of withstanding the elements, making them ideal outdoors and travel gear for short trips.

 

6. Retail Merchandise

Our drawstring bags work well as custom merchandise for retail stores in need of personalized products for their customers.

 

7. Corporate Giveaways

Sublimation drawstring bags are great giveaways to clients, employees, and partners, featuring the company logo or slogan.

polyester drawstring bag

Cheap Drawstring Bag Logo Printing Process Selection

Bjarne has stock logo designs you can choose from. But we can also print your logo, slogan, or design. Simply let us know of your customization requests during the discussion period and we can provide some sample products for your inspection.

 

Things To Note When Customizing Polyester Drawstring Bags For Sublimation

Before you enlist our service to customize a batch of polyester drawstring bags for sublimation, here are some pointers to remember:

 

  • Make sure to check the quality of the bags—they must be high-quality polyester bags.
  • Confirm the required minimum order quantity (MOQ) for customization.
  • Check that the drawstring bags have enough polyester content that make them suitable for sublimation printing.
  • Explore the customization options we offer, such as color variations, print size, and other features.
  • Confirm the available color options that we can customize the bags with and that the colors complement your design.
  • Check with us about the artwork and logo guidelines to ensure your design can result in the best quality print.
  • Ask about the lead time for sample products and mass production to ensure the delivery schedule is within your timetable.

The Process Of Customizing Polyester Drawstring Bags

You can have the polyester drawstring bags you purchased customized by first sending us an inquiry. Provide us with details about what you need and we will reply with a quotation for the service you want to avail.

 

The next step then is for us to discuss the project more and in length. We will make sure to know every one of your requirements to ensure we deliver a high-quality product. Soon, we will send a sample product for your inspection.

 

When you have confirmed that the sample product passed your requirements, we will move on to contract signing and the payment of the partial deposit. Once we receive your deposit, we will begin mass-producing the polyester drawstring bags you purchased.

 

Our team will let you know once all bags are produced and ready for shipment. We will need you to pay the balance to begin the delivery. Rest assured that during delivery, we are available for further cooperation and after-sale service to ensure satisfactory results.

 

Contact us today to get started on customizing your polyester drawstring bags!

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom sports polyester drawstring bag pouch, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom sports polyester drawstring bag pouch first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12515
Wholesale polyester fabric shopping bags with logo https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-shopping-polyester-bag/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 11:10:34 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12501 In need of  this custom wholesale polyester bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.1kg
  • Size: 8cm * 8cm * 4cm
  • Material: Polyester
  • Function: portable, shoulder
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale polyester bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale polyester fabric shopping bags with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale shopping polyester bag with pattern

If you are looking for a suitable shopping polyester bag, this polyester bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This polyester bag has the following features:

 

1. Increased capacity design, you can carry out shopping in one bag.

 

2. Fold and store easily in one second.

 

3. Select cotton material, environmentally friendly, harmless and odor-free.

 

5. Light weight and easy to carry.

 

The wholesale custom shopping polyester bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the polyester bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom shopping bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shopping polyester bag color

In the wholesale shopping polyester bag with pattern, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom polyester bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale shopping polyester bag with pattern. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom polyester bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale shopping polyester bag with pattern, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale polyester fabric shopping bags with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12501
Custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-massage-gun-case-bag/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 09:10:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12479 In need of  this custom EVA massage gun case? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: EVA
  • Colour: Black
  • Process: hot pressing molding
  • Purpose: fascia gun storage bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale EVA massage gun case bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag

If you are looking for a suitable EVA massage gun case bag, this EVA storage bag is a good choice.It is double-layered, portable, shockproof, waterproof, dustproof and wear-resistant, and has multiple colors to choose from.

 

Features of this EVA massage gun case:

 

1. Large capacity.

 

2. Sturdy and easy to use.

 

3. Customized on demand.

 

4. Meticulous stitching.

 

5. Not easily deformed.

 

6. Lightweight and portable.

 

7. Three-dimensional and stylish.

 

8.Easy to use.

 

Custom wholesale massage gun case material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom wholesale EVA cable bags color

In the custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom EVA massage gun case label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom EVA massage gun case bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag, Bjarne bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom portable black EVA massage gun case bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12479
Wholesale EVA cable organizer bag for travel https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-cable-organizer-bag-for-travel/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 08:41:01 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12469 In need of  this custom wholesale EVA cable organizer bag for travel? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: gray
  • Material: 600D Oxford cloth
  • Small size: 24*16*4.5cm (weight: 180g)
  • Small box size: 70*45*30cm (70 pieces per box)
  • Large size: 28*20*4.5cm (weight: 220g)
  • Large box size: 70*45*30cm (50 pieces per box)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale EVA cable organizer bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale EVA cable organizer bag for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Traveling can be a particularly chaotic experience when trying to keep track of one’s electronic devices. Your bag’s tangled mass of outlets and cables not only delays your ability to locate the items you need but also exposes your valuable electronic devices to potential damage.

 

Therefore, to make things easier, get and purchase a cable organizer bags. It is convenient for organizing your cables and is portable, allowing you to carry it with you without difficulty.

 

Unique Features Of Bjarne’s Wholesale Custom EVA Travel Cable Bag

Are you looking for a bulk of a specialized EVA travel cable bag? Regarding wholesale customizations according to your preferences, Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer has you covered.

 

  • Composition: EVA+Jiaji cloth+PU
  • Capacity: 5kilogram
  • Dimensions: 170*100*50 (mm)
  • Sample Days:5-7 days
  • Customized Bag MOQ: 500 PCS
  • Wholesale Bag MOQ: 50 PCS

When it comes to tailoring your cable organizer travel, Bjarne can provide individualized assistance. Bjarne ensures a polished customization experience covering material selection, logo design, dimensions, and color preferences.

 

Purchase the ideal, custom-tailored travel cable organizer bag that complements your aesthetic and functional requirements by contacting Bjarne team today!  

EVA Accessories storage bag

Bjarne’s 4 Types Of Travel Cable Organizer Bag

Custom cable organizer bags that reflect your style are available at Bjarne. travel bags, pouches, roll-up organizers, zipper bags, cable wraps, ties, clamps, and receptacles are all useful choices for cable organizer travel.

 

1. Pouches and travel cases:Pouches and travel cases protect your gadgets and wires while you’re on the move. With their elastic straps and numerous compartments, these cable organizer bags will secure your devices and accessories.

 

2. Holders, Strings, Ties, And Cable Wraps: Use cable holders, string, ties, and fasteners to maintain cable organization bagswhile on the move. A variety of sizes and configurations are available for these convenient tools, which ensure that your wires remain tangle-free and organized while traveling.

 

3. Pouches And Bags With Zippers: Pouches and bags with zippers serve as straightforward and efficient cable organizer bags. They are available in various sizes and are ideal for charging cables, tiny devices, and cables. Constructed from robust materials such as polyester or nylon, these bags safeguard your electronic devices while in the move.

 

4. Stackable roll-up organizers: Roll up organizer provide a compact solution for transporting cables and chargers. They are portable and lightweight, featuring elastic closures or compartments to accommodate various technological devices. Choose fashionable options such as the roll-up case made of authentic leather. These travel cable organizers bagsafeguard equipment, conserve space, and fit neatly into backpacks and suitcases.

 

Each types of cable bag for travel offers protective, lightweight, and portable solutions to accommodate your various travel preferences.

 

Bjarne Cable Organizer Bag Dimensions

Every type, including travel cases, pouches, and roll-up organizers, is available in a variety of sizes to accommodate your requirements.

 

Below are the detailed dimensions for cable organizer bags:

 

  • Pouches and travel cases:Dimensions as standard: 10 by 7 by 3 inches
  • Holders, Strings, Ties, And Cable Wraps:The standard length of a cable tie is 6 inches.
  • Pouches And Bags With Zippers: 8 by 6 inches moderately sized bag
  • Roll-up organizers:8 by 4 inches for the medium roll-up

Cable organizer bags by Bjarne make it straightforward to organize your cable mess. Custom made travel cable bag that are both functional and stylish will simplify your trips in life.

EVA cable travel digital storage bag

What Materials By Bjarne Makes The Most Effective Travel Cable Organizer Bag?

Selecting the proper material is critical when it comes to travel cable bag. Nylon, polyester, EVA, and genuine leather are all options by Bjarne handbag manufacturer that offer distinct characteristics that accommodate various inclinations and requirements.

 

  • EVA (Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate): It is a practical option for safeguarding cables while traveling due to its reputation for flexibility and resilience.
  • Polyester fabric:Durable and lightweight, this product presents itself as a dependable choice for cable organizer bags.
  • Nylon:Slim and long-lasting, making it well-suited for cable organizer bags that are flexible and resilient.
  • High-quality genuine leather: Stylish and resilient, this cable organizer bagsprovides both protection and aesthetic appeal while traveling.

Bjarne also offers different varieties of materials such as:

 

  • Canvas
  • Felt
  • PU leather
  • RPET
  • Jute
  • Denim
  • Non-woven fabric

When it comes to travel cable organizers bag, material selection is critical. Bjarne offers customized solutions that strike a balance between functionality, style, and durability, ensuring that your cable organizer bags remain well structured and organized while your on the move.

 

Bjarne 10 Manufacturing Process And Procedures Of Wholesale Travel Cable Bag

Are you curious about the simple ten procedures that need to be taken in order to place a wholesale order for Bjarne’s cable organizer bags?

 

So, the following is a simplified procedure of the structured process:

 

1. Send us inquiry: Start the procedure by submitting your inquiry, which should include a detailed description of your needs and requirements.

 

2. Received our quotation:Expect a timely reply containing an elaborate quotation that is customized to your exact requirements.

 

3. Discuss the details: Participate in conversations to refine and explain the particulars of your order.

4. Confirm the sample: Once satisfied, the sample must be confirmed to move forward with production.

 

5. Sign contract and deposit: By providing the required deposit and signing the contract, the agreement can be completed.

 

6. Mass production: Observe the physical appearance of your order as Bjarne start the process of mass production.

 

7. Ready for shipment: You will be notified once your order is prepared for shipment.

 

8. Balance and delivery: Delivery and Balance Resolve the outstanding balance, and Bjarne will guarantee a secure and on time delivery.

 

9. Further cooperation: Investigate potential avenues for sustained partnership and forthcoming undertakings.

 

10. After sale service: Following the dispatch of your product, Bjarne after-sale service will ensure your complete satisfaction, providing you with peace of mind.

 

Ordering cable organizer bags in bulk or in wholesale through this user-friendly system ensures a smooth and uninterrupted experience.

 

So what are you waiting for? Get travel cable organizer bag now!

EVA Multifunctional data cable package

Why Should Wholesale Cable Organizer Bags Be Purchased From Bjarne? What Are The Benefits Of Doing So?

Purchasing a Bjarne cable organizer bags is well worth the investment. You can look through their assortment of bags, there is something for everyone and their customer service is phenomenal.

 

Additionally, Bjarne handbag factory is outfitted with cutting-edge machinery. It provides an enjoyable and high-quality experience that justifies the expenditure of your money, not just handbags.

 

Bjarne phenomenal services to its consumers:

  • Quality assurance:Bjarne, an established bag manufacturer in China, employs stringent pre-packaging inspections to guarantee that each bag conforms to established quality benchmarks.
  • On-time delivery: Bjarne ensures consistent and timely delivery by supporting the purse industry belt through its bag manufacturing, which employs more than one hundred individuals.
  • Low MOQ:As a small-scale manufacturer specializing in handbags, Bjarne is open to small Minimum Order Quantities (MOQs).
  • Price Competitiveness:To maintain cost-effectiveness, Bjarne, a direct manufacturer of bags, guarantees competitive pricing through the reduction of intermediary connections.
  • Continuous Customer Support: To maintain its reputation as a dependable provider of bags, Bjarne ensures prompt and effective responses through its 24/7 customer service department.
  • Credit Sales:Bjarne is willing to offer credit sales to both emerging bag brands and well-established corporations, demonstrating our adaptability and commitment to serving a wide range of clients.

Bjarne offers the following additional services to its consumers:

  • Free Design of Handbag
  • Free Mass Production Sample
  • Service-Free Warehouse
  • Service for Photographs

Bjarne world class factory machines:

  • Machine for shaping handbags: Bjarne uses two cutting devices. Cuttable is the majority of polyester, nylon, cotton, and PU leather handbag. It could cut down 150,000 customized handbags per month.
  • Single-lockstitch handbag machine: The Bjarne bag factory’s eighty single lockstitch devices enable eighty individuals to concurrently sew bags. It is capable of producing 100,000 to 150,000 customized handbags per month in a whole year.
  • Compound-fed lockstitch cylinder bed sewing machine: Bjarne employs a 12-cylinder bed compound feed lockstitch sewing equipment.
  • Sewing machine for computerized patterns:Bjarne operates a total of eight computerized pattern embroidery devices. Both conventional and atypical embroidery were achievable with it.
  • Equipment for folding edges: A regular margin is an essential component in elevating the quality of specific customized leather handbags. On-site at the bag facility is a single feeding edge machine.
  • Painting with Edge Oil:Bjarne possesses edge oil painting equipment, which enables it to manufacture PU leather bags. If you happen to have PU leather bags, your inquiry is cordially received.
  • Silk Handbag Embroidery:For advertising purposes or to establish brand recognition, highlighted logos are essential for bespoke handbags. Silk is often used to imprint custom handbags.

Bjarne Cooperated OEM Brand Clients

  • Zara
  • Starbucks
  • Fila
  • Tommy Hilfiger
  • Black Blum London
  • H&M
  • Disney
  • Jones New York

In addition to cable organizer bag and any types of customized handbags for shopping or travel use, Bjarne distinguishes itself by providing quality and value, which renders it a worthwhile investment.

Wholesale EVA cable organizer bag for travel

Let Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer Be Your Partner in Fashion

To sum it up, the travel EVA cable organizer bag at wholesale price is a wise and good option for organizing your cables while you are on a journey or even on a short trip. Its adaptable construction and durable EVA material render it a dependable option for structuring electronic device accessories while your on the move. Whether you requires it for personal use or resale, this wholesale option provides a straightforward and efficient resolution for your travel requirements.

 

Count on Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer for your preferred cable organizer bags or any types of customized handbags. Bjarne provides custom designs that are tailored to your personal preferences and taste

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

  • Quality EVA (ethylene-vinyl acetate) is used to make the Wholesale EVA Cable Organizer Bag because of its durability, water resistance, and shock absorption. Multiple sections, elastic loops, and mesh pockets make it a more organized and secure organizer for cables and accessories than ordinary organizers.

For any question about the wholesale EVA cable organizer bag for travel, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale EVA cable organizer bag for travel first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12469
Custom gray mini square EVA cable storage bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-cable-storage-bags/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 08:15:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12460 In need of  this custom EVA cable storage bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: EVA
  • Color: gray
  • Dimensions: 8x8x4cm/external     6.7x6.7x3cm/internal
  • Weight: 0.45kg
  • Dimensions: length 25.5cm*width 8.5cm*height 19.5cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale EVA cable storage bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom gray mini square EVA cable storage bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom gray mini square EVA cable storage bags

If you are looking for a suitable EVA cable storage bags, this EVA storage bag is a good choice.It is double-layered, portable, shockproof, waterproof, dustproof and wear-resistant, and has multiple colors to choose from.

 

Features of this EVA cable storage bags:

 

1. The hard shell design effectively prevents damage to items caused by external collisions.

 

2. Simple design, solid zipper.

 

3. Compact and mini, can be held in one hand, neatly stored, easy to carry, and can be placed anywhere.

 

4. The velvet lining is comfortable and the elastic straps are safe and reliable.

 

5. Internal transparent mesh bags are divided into compartments for storage, which is neat and not easy to get tangled.

 

Custom wholesale cable storage bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom wholesale EVA cable bags color

In the EVA cable organizer bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom EVA cable storage bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom gray mini square EVA cable storage bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom EVA cable storage bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom gray mini square EVA cable storage bags, Bjarne bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom gray mini square EVA cable storage bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12460
Waterproof EVA cable organizer bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-cable-organizer-bag-wholesale/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:24:19 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12447 In need of  this custom EVA cable organizer bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: nylon
  • Color: navy blue, gray, black, pink
  • Specifications: double layer
  • Weight: 1kg
  • Dimensions: length 25.5cm*width 8.5cm*height 19.5cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale EVA cable organizer bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Waterproof EVA cable organizer bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Waterproof EVA cable organizer bag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable EVA cable organizer bag, this EVA storage box is a good choice.It is double-layered, portable, shockproof, waterproof, dustproof and wear-resistant, and has multiple colors to choose from.

 

Features of this EVA cable organizer bag.

 

1. Wire-tied lager digital accessories are transparent and visible.

 

2. Zippered net pocket can hold hard drive, power bank/storage IPAD MINI.

 

3. Velcro partitions for free separation and flexible combination.

 

4. Double-layered multi-compartment, large storage capacity, including removable partitions.

 

5. Portable and easy to store.

 

6. The metal double-head zipper is smooth and easy to pull and more convenient.

 

7. Waterproof and dustproof Oxford cloth material is wear-resistant and durable.

 

 

Custom wholesale cable organizer bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom wholesale cable organizer bag color

In the EVA cable organizer bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom EVA cable organizer bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the waterproof EVA cable organizer bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom EVA cable organizer bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the Waterproof EVA cable organizer bag wholesale, Bjarne bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Waterproof EVA cable organizer bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12447
Wholesale case organizer EVA bags for cables https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-case-bags-for-cables/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 06:54:44 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12438 In need of  this custom wholesale EVA cable organiser bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: EVA
  • Load bearing: 15kg
  • Color: yellow
  • Process: hot pressing + sewing
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale EVA cable organiser bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale case organizer EVA bags for cables first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale Case Organizer EVA Cable Bags

Are you looking for a nice, sturdy case organizer for your cables and electronic accessories? Bjarne EVA cable storage bags are a durable, customizable, and versatile storage solution that suits your needs. Find out more about our cable cases below.

 

Introducing Yellow Custom EVA Case For Cables

The yellow wholesale custom EVA Case for Cables is a customizable cable storage offered by Bjarne. With this yellow cable bag, you will no longer have to worry about the tangled mess of cables and wires, charger heads, earbuds, earphones, and other accessories.

 

Our custom bags for cables can help organize them through mesh pockets, loops, and straps that can keep your things in place. Bjarne EVA cases for cables can be tailored to your individual or business needs, and you can buy them wholesale.

 

Contact us to get yours!

yellow EVA cable organiser bag

Yellow Custom EVA Cable Bags Features

EVA Material

Primarily, we use EVA or ethylene-vinyl acetate as the material to make the body of the cable bag. EVA is a durable and water-resistant material that ensures your contents inside the case will remain dry and damage-free.

 

Yellow Outer Case

This Bjarne case for cables is a bright yellow storage solution ideal for those with fun, bubbly personalities. The entire outer case is yellow but the zipper closure and inside lining are both black for a sleek look.

 

Zipper Closure

The Bjarne Wholesale Case Organizer EVA Bags for Cables feature a zipper closure. This ensures that the contents of the bag are perfectly secure. We use heavy-duty zippers that can withstand constant use, ensuring the cable bag can last a long time.

 

Mesh Pockets and Elastic Straps

Our custom EVA case for cables keeps your electronic accessories in place through mesh pockets and elastic straps. While the mesh pocket holds some of the bigger items like the charger head, the straps prevent the cables and wires from tangling.

 

Soft Lining

The Bjarne cable case organizer features a velvety soft inner lining. It uses soft fabric to ensure the cables and wires do not get scratched and end up damaged, especially if the case bag often gets tussled.

 

Compact and Lightweight

Our wholesale EVA cases for cables are lightweight and compact. They are small, enough to carry your essential electronic accessories for everyday or travel use without an uncomfortable extra weight. They are also perfectly slim for a lady’s purse or small backpack.

 

Custom Logo Printing

Bjarne cable storage bags can be customized to include your desired logo or print. You can design your own logo or choose from our stock and have them printed on the cable cases for individual use or marketing purposes.

Wholesale Portable EVA cable organiser bag

Benefits of Wholesale EVA Cable Cases

Cost Savings

The biggest benefit of our wholesale case organizer EVA Bags for Cables is you save a significant amount of money when you buy wholesale. Buying bulk gives you the opportunity for huge discounts that are not available for individual purchases.

 

It is more economical for your business to buy wholesale cable cases as it allows you to get quality products at a lower cost. This cost-efficiency also means you can afford to sell the cases at a price that your customers will find more reasonable.

 

Variety and Customization

Bjarne does not only offer bulk sales of our EVA cases. We also offer customization so that each cable bag is unique. We can provide them in different designs and sizes, allowing you to cater to the various preferences and needs of your customers.

 

Our customization service also means that businesses can imprint their logo or brand on the cases for a memorable product. These cases for cables can work well as a marketing or advertising tool to increase brand visibility.

 

Organization and Storage

The main benefit of a cable case organizer is helps users to organize and store cables, wires, and other accessories neatly. A cable bag provides a high-level organization that makes it incredibly easy not only to store but also to find and retrieve your electronic accessories.

 

Aesthetic

Using our EVA bags for cables is not only practical. It is also much more aesthetically pleasing to use our cable organizers. When you retrieve a cable, the cable case helps you appear neat and organized each time.

 

Why Choose Bjarne Wholesale EVA Cases for Cables

There are many good reasons to purchase EVA cases for cables from Bjarne. Our company is a top bag manufacturer in China. We have been supplying different types of bags to businesses in and out of the country for over 18 years already.

 

Besides experience, Bjarne is known to deliver top-quality products made by skilled and knowledgeable craftsmen. More than that, our EVA cable bags are available at the best prices that no one else in the market offers.

 

Bjarne also offers a customization service. We can create bags of all kinds, not only a cable case organizer. We can tailor them based on your desired color, material, design, or size, whether you need them for personal use or business needs.

 

Bjarne EVA Case Wholesale Cable Bag Styles

 

This particular Bjarne Yellow EVA Cable Bag is available in the rectangular compartment style. It is a simple zippered hardshell cable box with mesh pockets and straps to hold the cables inside. If desired, we can customize it with a specific logo or design per request.

 

Bjarne Cable Storage Bags Logo Printing Art

One of Bjarne’s main services is the customization of the bags we make. We can imprint any logo or art on the cable case organizer per the client’s request. It can be their own company’s logo or design, or they can choose from our stock designs.

 

All you need to do is discuss everything you need during the client meeting. You can tell us your ideas and our designers will inform you of how we can make this happen. No matter what design you want your EVA bags for cables to have, Bjarne can make it.

usb cable organizer case

Process of Wholesale EVA Cases for Cables

The entire process of purchasing wholesale EVA cable storage bags is simple. The steps are as follows:

 

  1. The client sends us an inquiry.
  2. Bjarne sends a quotation to the client.
  3. Bjarne and the client discuss the details of the project, such as the size, material, and designs required.
  4. We will send a sample product and the client will confirm if it passes the requirements.
  5. The next step is contract signing and the client deposits the down payment.
  6. Once everything is confirmed, we will begin mass production of the ordered EVA case bags.
  7. When the cases are ready for shipment, the client is required to pay the balance and then we will proceed for delivery.
  8. During delivery, Bjarne provides further cooperation and after-sale service to ensure satisfactory results.

Contact Us For Your Order Today!

Ready to buy a bulk of our high-quality EVA cable case organizer? If you are, then call us today!

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale Portable EVA cable organiser bag, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale case organizer EVA bags for cables first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12438
Black zipper EVA cable bag wholesale custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/eva-cable-bag/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 06:26:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12426 In need of  this custom wholesale EVA cable bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PU+EVA+Jiaji cloth
  • Load bearing: 5kg
  • Colour: Black
  • Size: 170*100*50 (mm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale EVA cable bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Black zipper EVA cable bag wholesale custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom cable bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom EVA cable bag color

In the black zipper EVA cable bag wholesale custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom EVA cable bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the black zipper EVA cable bag wholesale custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom EVA cable bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the black zipper EVA cable bag wholesale custom, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Black zipper EVA cable bag wholesale custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12426
Wholesale women light blue shoulder denim tote bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-blue-shoulder-denim-tote-bag/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 03:50:08 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12402 In need of  this custom wholesale denim tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining texture: denim
  • Color: light blue
  • Dimensions: Width 10cm * Height 18cm * Length 22cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale denim tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale women light blue shoulder denim tote bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale denim tote bags, why choose Bajrne?

You are surely here because you are in search of high quality tote bag denim material. In the middle of the number of companies you can sign a contract with to acquire women’s denim bag, we offer you a wholesale deal that can help you in your search. Bajrne is a bag manufacturer that has 18 years of experience in making bags. It is a self-owned company and usually in charge of producing OEM products to popular brands like Sedex Audit and BSCI. We normally process 50000 backpacks monthly that are made from polyester or nylon and 100000 bags made from PU leather. This kind of professional experience and brand reputation will surely translate to the quality of the bags. That is why, our customers take advantage of the cheaper prices and deals. In such a thought, you can get denim shoulder bags in wholesale without worrying much of how it would look like after you receive it.

Bajrne wholesale denim bags style options

The Bajrne wholesale denim bags offers two basic additional style for your normal denim shoulder bags. These are optional and totally will be based on your preference. Also, please consider the available colors first and how the styles match on blue denim bags or other colors of your choice.

1. Twisted Knot– This additional style adds a touch of sophistication to wholesale denim bags. It also does not compromise anything on the bag, especially its comfort and style. It is a black and white checkered twisted once into a knot. The colors itself does not disturb anything of the design of the tote bag denim.

2. Coal Ball– If you want something more of a touch of cute stuff on the side tangling on the women’s denim bag, then we can recommend this for you. It is a small and round black coal ball with white round eyes in the center. If you want some spark of cuteness, this is for you. The color does not also affect anything, especially if you want it to blend or match to the clothes the customers have.

Wholesale women light blue denim tote bag uk

Type of tote bag denim, what options does Bajrne offer?

Bajrne tote bag is 10 cm wide, 18 cm high, and 22 cm long. It has a single outside pocket that can be used for earphones, pens, or even cards. The inside can fit chargers, mobile phones, and pocket books. It is secured by a durable zipper that will surely last a long time. This type of tote bag denim is minimalist. It is one of the classic designs and can be used as a canvas to your liking. We can customize it and include embroidered logo or patterns depending on your request and preference. The denim can be a soft cotton denim or a colored denim depending on your request. The denim itself is durable and suitable for preventing wear and tear.

For customization, you can request a different type of denim material like raw denim or a washed denim. Below are examples:

1. Classic Denim Tote– This is our basic type of denim shoulder bags that is available without customization. It is durable and is timeless.

2. Patchwork Denim Tote– If you want a vintage or retro design, you can request for patchwork in your blue denim bags. This will bring back old patches or even new ones just to add a rustic and nostalgic touch to the bag.

3. Distressed Denim Tote – If you want another vintage style that is perfect for women’s denim bag, you can order this type of denim. This is a washed out design that gives an oldish fade and usage

4. Embroidered Denim Tote–  Do you dream of patterns but not those printed ones? You can make us embroider them to make patterns and designs. Aside from this, you can also customize your logo with embroidery that will match the patterns you requested.

5. Printed Denim Tote– If you want to even get your dream design but in a lesser price, you should get the printing on the denim. It makes a simple tote bag denim to a personalized one with your preferred design on the fabric. This is suitable if you want a cheaper but massive amount of tote bags for your business.

denim tote bag that zips

Sewing advantages of Bajrne denim tote bag wholesale

Sewing a denim tote bag comes with several advantages, as denim is a sturdy and durable fabric. Here are some sewing advantages of using denim for tote bags:

1. Durability – The tote bag denim material itself is sturdy for long and frequent use. The sewing strategy employed by Bajrne resists wear and tear by using thicker threads in the process of making it.

2. Stability–  The thickness of the denim material with the incorporation of the sewing properties makes the denim tote bag wholesale samples, so it is stable in the long run. You can feel its strength more than using lighter materials or lighter denim.

3. Versatility – With the plain and simple design of the tote bag denim, you can use it anywhere you go without negatively affecting the clothing style you wear. It is very flexible and can be styled by anyone.

4. Classic Aesthetic– With the basic lining of the blue denim bags, you can say that it is one of the classic ones and is timeless. Even if it is bought in the past or in the future, the design itself is always classical.

Application scenarios of denim shoulder bags

Taking advantage of the wholesale denim tote bags should be beneficial for the customers. And if used, they should be perfectly and adequately utilized. Below are examples of where to use it if you can’t think of anything else to advertise your brand.

1. Everyday Casual Use & Travel– As a tote bag denim itself, you can use it basically everywhere. You can use it when you have your getaway or a simple walk in your neigborhood with your earphone case inside.

2. Shopping Trips –  A tote bag can always be used to shop accessories. But depending on the size you requested, it might not be perfect for bigger items. You can always shop jewelries or smaller things like lipstick or face powder with this size

3. Work or Office– If you have things to carry like your mobile phones, earphones, or pens, you can use this. The shoulder strap can be detached so you can use this as a women’s denim bag and use it as a handbag for your make up kit when at your work. It can make you look professional but casual.

denim zipper tote bag

In addition to blue denim bags, what other color options does Bajrne offer?

Bajrne wholesale denim tote bags is available for other colors like light and dark blues. These are the basic available ones, but if you request for other colors, we can still provide it depending on the availability of the materials.Colored or dyed denims can be provided as long as it matched the specifications of your preferred sample. Together with the colorways, you can also choose an added accessories like the coal ball and the twisted knot as stylish options for the simple denim shoulder bags we have.

Women’s denim bag wholesale process

To start the ignition and get the step to the customization toward your favorite denim shoulder bags by Bajrne, you can gather this information about the whole process on how we usually do our business. You can get ahead and start asking questions during the first to the very last step.

1. Inquiry(Visit our Contact Us page)

2. Sending of Quotation(Prices for the request of materials for the tote bag)

3. Discussion of Request(Discussion of other specifications of the wholesale denim tote bags)

4. Confirmation of Samples (Number and specifications of samples)

5. Contract Signing & Deposit (Agreement and downpayment)

6. Mass Production (Massive production samples based on the quantity of the tote bags)

7. Mass Production (Massive production samples based on the quantity of the tote bags)

8. Balance & Delivery (Pay the remaining balance at the delivery)

9. Further Cooperation(Checking or completion of delivery and product status)

10. After-Sales Service (Contact and communication for further checking and evaluation of products and services)

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale women light blue denim tote bag uk, As a professional custom denim bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale women light blue shoulder denim tote bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12402
Customize denim crossbody bag tote with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/denim-crossbody-bag/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 03:23:44 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12393 In need of  this custom wholesale denim crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Tote bag fabric: denim
  • Travel purpose: Shoulder/hand-held
  • Weight: 0.31kg
  • Size: length 44*width 8*height 34 (cm*cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale denim crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customize denim crossbody bag tote with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom denim tote bag color

In the customize denim crossbody bag tote with zipper, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom denim crossbody bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customize denim crossbody bag tote with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom denim crossbody bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customize denim crossbody bag tote with zipper, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Customize denim crossbody bag tote with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12393
Women’s designer denim bag shoulder custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/womens-designer-denim-bag-shoulder-custom/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 02:42:04 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12384 In need of  this custom wholesale denim tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Tote bag fabric: denim
  • Size: Width 34*Height 36*Thickness 4(cm)
  • Weight: 0.24kgStructure: Zipper opening
  • Function: portable, shoulder
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale denim tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s designer denim bag shoulder custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

If you are looking for a high-quality denim bag that is both customized and unique, where would you look? Look no further than Bjarne. Our woman denim shoulder bags are designed in a customized manner with the utmost details kept in mind to seem appealing. These bags are made beautifully to capture the eye and glam up your look. These bags are different from other ones, so there must be something that makes them unique. Let’s see what benefit they offer and their charm.

Bjarne’s Designer Denim Shoulder Bags

Bjarne’s collection of female shoulder bags made up of denim with a designer touch is excellent. This bag is about to light up your whole look! It contains high-end fashion vibes. The clothing articles are made up of the best quality denim and are available in a wide range of colors such as pink, black and blue. The medium size of the bags, i.e. (Width 34 * Height 36 * Thickness 4 cm) makes it an ideal choice for your daily use items as it maintains a stylish and modish look

Product Details

  • Tote bag fabric:denim
  • Size:Width 34*Height 36*Thickness 4(cm)
  • Weight:24kgStructure: Zipper opening
  • Function: portable, shoulder
Small embroidered denim designer bag custom

The Artistry Behind Their Denim Bags

For making our designer denim totes shoulder bags, each and every stitch in the denim is important that’s why we at Bjarne focus on it. The fabric being used to make these tote bags has been picked out with great care keeping in mind the durability and soft feel against the skin. The belongings can be kept secure and can be accessed easily through the zipper opening. The bag is equipped with a specific storage compartment inside to store valuable belongings. The design provides convenience and comfort by being carried easily on the shoulder.

Product attributes

  • Color:black, blue, pink
  • Style: street trend
  • Material: denim
  • Trendy styles of bags: Square Small denim bags
  • Bag size:middle
  • Popular element:sewing thread
  • Listing year and season:Winter 2023
  • Lining texture:Polyester
  • Bag shape: Horizontal square shape
  • Opening method: Lock
  • Package internal structure: hidden zipper pocket

What Sets Bjarne’s Designer Denim Bag Apart?

The special features and unbelievable concentration on particularities make Bjarne’s denim purse exceptional among others. The square shape’s chic look decorated with stitching designs give a unique style to any outfit. It is a durable lining that maintains the luxurious feel. Its unique look with a modern approach by the virtue of a horizontal plan and box-like shape. Locking opening mechanism ensures that there is no way the items will be opened by someone who isn’t authorized to.

Opting for Customization On Designer Denim Shoulder Bag

Customize your bag to mirror your unique style and personality by choosing the fabric, hues, emblems, and dimensions that resonate with your taste. Whether you’re in search of a striking fashion piece or a more understated accessory, Bjarne caters to all your needs

1. Your Customization Destination

Bjarne is acknowledged as the top destination for customization, celebrated for their expertise in creating bespoke bags. Their excellence isn’t just our assertion – it’s echoed in the glowing reviews from our satisfied customers. Bjarne navigates you through each phase of the journey to actualize your ideal bag, from inception to fruition

2. Petite Denim Bags

Bjarne showcases petite denim bags, an ideal pick for those who favor chic yet compact alternatives. These bags, conceived with functionality at heart, offer ample space for your necessities without overshadowing your ensemble. With an extensive variety of styles at your disposal, you’re bound to discover one that enchants you.

3. Spectrum of Styles

Beyond customizable denim shoulder bags, Bjarne presents a broad spectrum of styles to accommodate diverse tastes. From tote bags to backpacks and crossbody variants, Bjarne has something for everyone. Each style embodies the same commitment to quality and artistry that distinguishes their denim shoulder bags.

4. A Reflection of Your Style

Relish the freedom to select from an assortment—fabrics, hues, and label customization options. When it comes to personalizing Bjarne’s women’s denim bags. Whether you’re attracted to the timeless allure of blue denim or wish to explore a spectrum of colors, the possibilities are limitless—Bjarne caters to all your predilections

5. A Palette of Possibilities

Instead of the normal blue denim bags, they offer a lot of pretty colors to choose from. Bjarne knows that color is an important part of personal style—from bright and lively colors to quiet shades; there’s a color for every mood and event, show your style by choosing the perfect color for your designer denim bag.

blue denim designer bag

A Step-by-Step Guide In Opening Your Bjarne Designer Denim Tote

It’s easy to open your Bjarne fashion denim bag; these products offer solutions for handbags that people can easily access. The bag is made thinking about how easy it should be for the person who wants to use it. Bjarne’s dedication to providing good quality—creative and green bags is seen in how easy they are to use. The bag’s design makes it super simple to get your things, but still keeps them safe from harm; the unique lock makes Bjarne’s designer bag—different from other bags you can buy.

1. Identify the lock mechanism on the bag

Finding the lock part is the first thing you need to know when using your bag. You usually find it at the front of your bag for quick use—the lock is a sign of Bjarne’s 18 years working with bags. The Bjarne designer denim tote has a special lock system made to keep your things safe; showing it recognizes both what looks good and how to make things work well.

2. Insert the key into the lock and rotate it clockwise

The key is tailored to fit seamlessly into the lock, showcasing Bjarne’s meticulousness in bag production. After locating the lock mechanism; use the key that comes with your Bjarne designer denim tote, insert the key into the lock, making sure it’s fully inserted. Once the key is inserted, turn it clockwise. This action will unlock the bag, granting you access to your makeup essentials

3. Gently separate the zipper pulls to unveil the roomy interior

The bag’s interior is designed to have lots of space for your belongings—showing Bjarne’s commitment to creating practical and stylish bags. After you open the bag, look for where it zips up. They are often found at the top part of it. With care, gently separate the two parts of the zipper to open your bag. This will then reveal the large interior space of a Bjarne designer denim bag—the inside of the bag is just as nice-looking as its outside. It’s both fashionable and helpful at the same time.

Customizing A Women’s Designer Denim Shoulder Bag At Bjarne

Here are the steps to help you start:

  1. Start your customization journey by sending a message to Bjarne.
  2. Get a price quote made just for you based on what you need.
  3. Have a full talk with the Bjarne group to finish your design plan.
  4. Okay a test version before starting big production.
  5. Sign an agreement and put down money for your order.
  6. Take it easy while Bjarne watches over the making process.
  7. Pay the rest of your balance when production is done.
  8. Wait for your one-of-a-kind bag to be delivered.
denim handbags for ladies

Ordering Customized Or Wholesale Bags

Starting your order for personalized or bulk denim bags from Bjarne is an easy and simple task. Here’s your roadmap to get started:

  1. Send Us Inquiry
  2. Receive Our Quotation
  3. Ready For Shipment
  4. Discuss Details
  5. Confirm The Sample
  6. Sign Contract And Deposit
  7. Mass Production
  8. Balance & Delivery
  9. Further Cooperation
  10. After-sale Service

Conclusion

Choosing Bjarne for your designer denim shoulder bag means you get both fancy and special features. Bjarne’s focus on detail and dedication to quality made them different from others. Don’t wait – contact Bjarne today and begin your journey of luxury and personalization with their amazing designer denim shoulder bags for women.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the small embroidered denim designer bag custom, As a professional custom denim bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Women’s designer denim bag shoulder custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12384
Wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets https://china-handbag-factory.com/denim-tote-bag-with-pockets/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 02:07:17 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12375 In need of  this custom wholesale denim tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Tote bag fabric: denim
  • Size: Width 34*Height 36*Thickness 4(cm)
  • Weight: 0.24kgStructure: Zipper opening
  • Function: portable, shoulder
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale denim tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets

If you are looking for a suitable denim tote bag, this tote bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This denim tote bag has the following features:

 

1. Outer pocket design: There is a storage pocket on the front of the bag.

 

2. The bag zipper is designed with PVC material and pulls smoothly.

 

3. The shoulder strap connection is reinforced with tight stitching.

 

4. There are storage pockets inside the bag.

 

The wholesale custom denim tote bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the denim bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom denim tote bag color

In the wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom denim tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom denim tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale fabric denim tote bag with pockets first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12375
Custom women’s canvas fabric denim bum bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-denim-bum-bag/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:23:28 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12366 In need of  this custom denim bum bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: canvas
  • Lining: lining
  • Color: blue
  • Size: length 42cm*height 40cm*bottom 8cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale denim bum bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom women’s canvas fabric denim bum bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom denim bag color

In the custom denim bum bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom denim bum bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the women’s canvas fabric denim bum bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom denim bum bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom women’s canvas fabric denim bum bag, Bjarne bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom women’s canvas fabric denim bum bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12366
Custom women large nylon tote bag with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/nylon-tote-bag-with-zipper/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 08:45:01 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12345 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon tote bag with zipper? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: nylon fabric
  • Weight: 0.35kg
  • Carrying method: One shoulder/Hand-held
  • Dimensions: top width 39cm, bottom width 33cm, height 30cm, thickness 12cm, handheld 32cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom women large nylon tote bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom nylon tote bag color

In the custom women large nylon tote bag with zipper, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom women large nylon tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom women large nylon tote bag with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom nylon tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom women large nylon tote bag with zipper, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom women large nylon tote bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12345
Wholesale custom small nylon belt bags for mens https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-custom-small-nylon-belt-bags-for-mens/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 08:18:19 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12336 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon belt bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: waterproof nylon fabric
  • Color: green purple sky blue rose red dark blue
  • Size: 27cm * 6cm * 7cm
  • Weight 0.25kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon belt bag crossbody chest bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale custom small nylon belt bags for mens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Nylon belt bags, which have quietly transformed the fashion industry in recent years, have emerged as pioneers in style. Belt bags for mens are generating interest and creating a stir in the realm of fashion due to their understated allure.

 

There are currently a lot of designs and brands available that make it feasible to wear a nylon belt bags without appearing to have emerged from an undesirable ’80s sitcom.

 

Look at Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer if you are looking for bulk or wholesale belt bags. Bjarne specializes in the creation of customized handbags that are precisely designed for your personal taste and preferences.

 

Bjarne Customized Wholesale Features Of Small Nylon Belt Bags For Mens

Looking for the ideal wholesale belt bags made to your specifications? Bjarne Bag Maker is committed to meeting your demands through the provision of individualized wholesale options.

 

Nylon belt bags wholesale features:

 

  • Size: 27cm * 6cm * 7cm
  • Weight 25kg
  • Material: waterproof nylon fabric
  • Available Color: purple, sky blue, rose red, dark blue, green
  • Sample days:5-7 days
  • Minimum order quantity: 500 pieces for customized handbags
  • Minimum order quantity:50 pieces for wholesale bags
Nylon belt bag crossbody chest bags wholesale

Bjarne is your partner throughout the entire process of producing customized wholesale nylon belt bags.

 

To bring your vision to life, Bjarne offers customization possibilities for materials, colors, logos, and sizes, ensuring a personalized touch to your handbag product.

 

In terms of logo customization, Bjarne offer:

  • Metal logo
  • Rubber badge
  • Embroidery logo
  • Silk printing
  • Sillk printing logo
  • Woven label
  • Debossed logo
  • Stamped logo

In terms of material customization, Bjarne offer:

  • Canvas
  • Nylon
  • Felt
  • Leather
  • PU leather
  • RPET
  • Jute
  • Demin
  • Polyester
  • Non-woven fabric

In terms of color customization, Bjarne offer:

  • Pantone book
  • Stock material swatch
  • Customized material swatch

In terms of package customization, Bjarne offer:

 

  • Shipping carton
  • PE bag
  • Sticker
  • Compostable bag
  • Paper Box
  • Hangtag

Why hesitate any longer when Bjarne provides an abundance of selections? When you purchase nylon belt bags from them, you are making a worthwhile investment

nylon belt bag size

Check Out Bjarne’s Various Types Of Nylon Belt Bags 

The following options are meant to accommodate a wide range of tastes and preferences, as Bjarne manufacturer offers a wide range of customized handbags.

 

  • Tactical Belt Bags made of Nylon
  • Nylon Belt Bags with a Vintage Appeal
  • Rubber Nylon Belt Bags
  • Nylon belt bags that are eco-friendly
  • Nylon belt bags for the latest fashion

But the final decision is based upon your personal preference, budgetary limitations, and design tastes.

As For Wholesale Custom Belt Bags, Why Should You Consider Bjarne?

With a long tenure of eighteen years, Bjarne is widely regarded as an example of excellence. To facilitate the acquisition of high-quality nylon belt bags or any bespoke handbag at an affordable price, it also provides an array of advantageous features.

 

By selecting Bjarne, you are committing to receiving services of the highest quality that exceed consumers’ expectations.

 

Bjarne Services:

 

1. No-Cost Handbag Design- Once the bag concept is provided, Bjarne will select an equivalent design, furnish the CAD drawing, or produce the artwork.

 

2. No Cost Sample of Mass Production- Free one-piece stock samples are provided upon request. Upon placing an order, the sample cost will also be refunded.

 

3. Credit Transactions- Bjarne accept payment by TT and L/C. Credit sales are additionally extended to clients with whom long-term cooperation is established. Consider a 30-day net.

 

4. Service for Photographs – Bjarne photographer will guide you in capturing images of handbags and will analyze the images as necessary. You can take advantage of it directly.

 

5. Warehouse Service at No Cost- If you have acquired additional products from China. Bjarne might be able to assist you in gathering all of the products and sending them in at once to reduce delivery costs.

 

6. Customer Service 24/7 – Regardless of your location in the world, the round-the-clock service will help you save time and improve your communication. Bjarne can be reached via cell phone, email, Skype, WhatsApp, or WeChat.

 

Bjarne advantages from other manufacturers around the world:

 

1. Quality satisfaction- Before each bag is packaged, the professional china bag manufacturer will verify that it meets all quality standards.

 

2. Deliveries with consistency- Over a hundred individuals are employed at Bjarne’s bag workshop. Further, it is situated within the industrial region for handbags. The manufacturing capacity is sufficient to ensure timely delivery of the bags.

 

3. Handbags with a low minimum order quantity – The minimum order quantity (MOQ) for Bjarne, a manufacturer of tiny bags, is low.

 

4. The best bag pricing- The direct bag manufacturing process at Bjarne eliminates intermediaries, resulting in reduced unit costs and improved unit prices.

 

Bjarne provides top-notch nylon belt bags and any customized handbag design services and special production perks. Bjarne prioritizes client happiness and ease with free design, sample supply, flexible credit transactions, and 24/7 assistance. Bjarne’s quality, consistency, low minimum order numbers, and cheap price make it a trusted global bag maker.

nylon belt bag

Size Options For Men’s Customizable Nylon Belt Bags By Bjarne

Look into the multifunctionality of men’s nylon belt bags with customization options. Find the ideal product that complements your style and requirements, whether you favor compact convenience, medium-sized flexibility, or the expansiveness of large offerings.

 

  • Small nylon belt bags size:Easy mobility is ensured by the compact size, which is streamlined and ideal for carrying necessities.
  • Medium nylon belt bags:This size strikes a compromise between size and capacity, making it suitable for a wide range of things and giving adaptability.
  • Large nylon belt bags size: Roomy layouts provide a vast amount of storage space, making them suitable for individuals who have more extensive requirements.

By using these customizable features for your custom belt bags, you can tailor your nylon belt bag to your style. Learn about an optimal solution that harmoniously combines personalized style with functionality, whether you value extra space, flexibility, or minimalism.

 

Benefits Of Wholesale Custom Nylon Belt Bags

Wholesale belt bags provide several benefits to businesses seeking to stand out. Customization has benefits beyond aesthetics, from brand identity to fashion trends.

 

Let’s look at why belt bags wholesale are a smart business move.

 

Custom wholesale belt bag benefits for business:

 

  • The financial advantages of purchasing in bulk quantities at lower prices.
  • Tailored designs that are exclusive will set you apart.
  • Brand identity is established using personalized branding.
  • Quality in wholesale customization is closely monitored.
  • Adaptable to particular occasions or requirements, designed to be versatile.

The following are daily benefits when using nylon belt bags:

  • Durable and resistant to day-to-day deterioration, nylon guarantees its longevity.
  • The convenience provided by nylon during prolonged use is enhanced by its lightweight characteristics, rendering it well-suited for a wide range of activities.
  • A considerable number of nylon belt bags feature water-resistant constructions, safeguarding your possessions against erratic weather conditions.
  • Nylon belt bags are multipurpose, and appropriate for a variety of endeavors, including travel, outdoor excursions, and daily urban life.
  • Maintaining and cleaning a nylon bag is a simple task, requiring little effort to restore it to pristine condition.
  • In comparison to bags built from alternative materials, nylon belt bagsare frequently more cost-effective, thereby providing excellent value.
  • Nylon belt bags constructed from nylon are non-abrasive and flexible, rendering them suitable for prolonged use without inducing discomfort.
  • The portability and compactness of nylon belt bagsmake them an ideal way to carry essentials without adding large quantities.
  • There is a wide selection of designs available for nylon belt bags, which not only adhere to current fashion trends but also offer practical functionality.

Custom belt bags are a practical and fashionable accessory for a wide range of activities due to their advantageous qualities: affordability, versatility, effortless maintenance, comfortable wear, lightweight construction, water resistance, and contemporary design.

nylon belt bag

Bjarne Customization Procedure For Wholesale Nylon Belt Bags

As a maker specializing in bags, Bjarne is endowed with a wide array of customization alternatives, owing to her capacity to create unique nylon belt bag designs or samples.

 

Following this section is a comprehensive description of the process involved in customizing nylon belt bags on a wholesale level.

 

  • Send us inquiry
  • Received our quotation
  • Discuss the details
  • Confirm the sample
  • Sign contract and deposit
  • Mass production
  • Ready for shipment
  • Balance and delivery
  • Further cooperation
  • After sale service

Regarding to production, when operating at maximum capacity in bag manufacturing, Bjarne has the potential to produce approximately

 

  • 1000+ stock styles to choose
  • workers quantity  could reach 150 in maximum
  • 1000K pcs shopping tote bag
  • 100K pcs pu fashion bag
  • 50K pcs backpack

Please contact Bjarne if you have any questions or require additional information regarding the belt bags for men.

 

Prompt assistance is readily available from our committed team. Your inquiries are greatly appreciated, and we can assure you that we will diligently attend to each one, delivering a customized and punctual reply.

 

In addition to nylon belt bags, Bjarne provides an extensive selection of personalized handbags.

Bjarne offers an extensive selection of personalized handbags, in addition to nylon belt bags, that are each distinctive and designed to meet specific consumer requirements.

 

These include the following:

 

Bjarne is the only place to turn when in search of customized handbags that are fitted to your specific tastes and needs. Bjarne provides an extensive selection of customized handbags in addition to their well-known nylon belt bags.

 

Bjarne, where customization meets excellence, will elevate your accessory game.

 

Conclusion:

 

Purchasing custom belt bags offers males a stylish and cost-effective option. These nylon belt bags provide a multipurpose function that caters to a wide range of tastes and requirements through their streamlined appearances and practical features.

 

Your search for wholesale belt bags that strike a balance between affordability, customization, and quality concludes with Bjarne. Bjarne’s dedication to customized fashion and practicality enables you to enhance your accessory repertoire by providing a customized solution that surpasses traditional boundaries of style.

 

So what are you waiting for? Contact Bjarne Today!

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the nylon belt bag crossbody chest bags wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale custom small nylon belt bags for mens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12336
Nylon foldable shopping bags pouches wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/nylon-foldable-shopping-bags-pouches-wholesale/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 07:50:52 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12327 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: nylon cloth (healthy, odorless, best quality)
  • Size before folding: 40cm*50cm
  • After folded: 10cm
  • Color: black and gray letters
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Nylon foldable shopping bags pouches wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Bjarne totes foldable bag fabric selection

In the vast majority of shopping bags manufacturing, it is almost always the fabric that cannot be changed. Some of the companies do this to minimize costs and sell different colors and patterns instead. However, Bjarne totes can be customized, from the colors of the bags to the fabric itself. Popular choices include cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, and Oxford cloth. You may opt to request another type of fabric and we may grant that after the discussion, depending on what you want and what is available. Styles always matter to our customers and it is our job to make them right. So don’t hesitate to ask us which kind of fabric you prefer and we will send it to you.

 

The parameters and features of this nylon foldable shopping bag

Aside from choosing the best fabric you prefer for bulk nylon bags, Bjarne wholesale nylon bags offer a set of qualities that can be a deciding factor for you when buying shopping bags. Bjarne custom nylon bags are made of double-layer nylon fabric that is repeatedly crumpled to achieve a fine and sturdy finish that is essential when the tote bag is frequently used. It can hold up to 15 kilograms of heavy weight, just adequate for whatever should be put inside. Bjarne totes are also shopping bags that fold into a pouch. If you want to lessen the burden of carrying shopping bags, you canfold it into a 10 cm pouch from the original 40×50 cm, and you’re good to go. And most importantly, it is waterproof, so you can use it in any weather.

 

Comparative size before and after of this tote bag folds into pouch

It is the selling point of Bjarne tote bags that they fold into a pouch if not in use. This not only becomes portable, but it also becomes minimal for care and storage. From the ideal and original size of 40 cm x 50 cm, you can travel and fold it into a 10 cm pouch. If you are in need of nylon pouches wholesale, you can readily grab this one. It is mostly essential for users to make almost everything portable when traveling, and we offer exactly the same thing.

Nylon foldable shopping bags pouches wholesale

Nylon foldable bags bulk wholesale, why choose Bjarne wholesale nylon bags manufacturers?

Already counting for 18 years, we consistently design our products with consistent performance for the benefit of customers. We are not just one of the nylon bags manufacturers,  we also provide OEMs to popular brands like Fila, Zara, and HM. In this particular custom nylon bags, Bjarne offers a variety of options, from the type of fabric to the designs you prefer, i.e., pictures of your preferred designs. You can contact us and inquire about the available customizations we can work on. Our nylon foldable shopping bags are of great quality and we aim to match them with the style you prefer. We carefully design and fix things that make our products of high quality.  

 

Style of Bjarne nylon pouches wholesale

It is an inevitable fact that tote bags can be used for marketing brands and services. Therefore, tote bags are always one of the choices for cost-effective advertisements, especially if you consider foldable shopping bag nylon based material. There are several cases of styles you can suggest and arrange with us. We can customize the logo, fabric, color, and certainly the printing of the tote bags. Anything that will help your brand grow on the market with the help of nylon bags bulk buying, we have what it takes!

 

Optional colors of shopping bags that fold into a pouch

If you have already chosen the fabric and the style you want, it will be pretty easy for you to choose a color for the wholesale nylon bags you are aiming to obtain. Bjarne nylon foldable bags are available in three color patterns, yet you can request other sample colors depending on what you desire. We have thelarge flower pattern if you want something floral for summer or any day in your life. We also have the colorful diamond pattern if you prefer a geometric design on your tote. Lastly, we have the basic printed design in black and gray letters. If you want to customize, you can send and request your chosen colors. Be mindful that all of these are subject to availability so feel free to ask first.

Black nylon hand shopping bag

Features of Bjarne foldable shopping bag nylon

Waterproof. Wear-resistant. Durable. Easy to clean. These are the four core characteristics of Bjarne’s totes foldable bags. It is common for shopping bags to be water repellent, but to be waterproof and wear-resistant at the same time in an inexpensive price? That’s Bjarne for you. Its basic type is able to last longer, even with frequent usage. It is also very easy to clean because of its fabric type and build. It is meant to be an everyday companion; from shopping to work, it will always have your back. In addition, it is also foldable, which can be used as a pouch if you need to.

 

Popular elements of Bjarne custom nylon bags

There are a few notable elements of Bjarne that you should take a look at.

 

  1. Fabric Quality – This is a very important section of the bag, especially if it is a large nylon tote. Whatever size it is, it is very common to miss the fabric quality in tote bags. In order to last longer, Bjarnegot you covered.
  2. Portability – Bjarnetote bag folds into pouch, which makes it portable enough for everyday use. With the reduced size, you can surely carry it anywhere, even inside your fashionable shoulder bag.
  3. Customization – This is very important for branding the totes foldable bag. There are just a handful that offer cost-effective foldable nylon pouches wholesale. In order to take advantage, place an inquiry on our contact page.

Bjarne large nylon tote bags manufacturing process

During the manufacturing process of totes foldable bags, we ask for the customization features you want to include. These will include anything you can think of, like color, fabric, logo or label, and preferred designs. The process is greatly accustomed to the highest standard we can offer because we believe in maintaining the integrity and quality of our products.

Bjarne wholesale custom branded nylon bags

To order custom totes foldable bags from Bjarne, we need a minimum order quantity of 50 pieces for basic wholesale bags and 500 pieces for custom nylon bags. These numbers will make sure that the process is well spent and well thought of. We require these minimum order quantities to avoid wasted resources because we seek to be environmentally friendly and cost-effective.

 

Customized nylon bags wholesale process

For several steps, you can have your nylon bags wholesale in bulk delivered to your door. First, contact usand inquire about the product. You can grab our contact information on our Contact Us page. After careful examination, we can then send the quotation, followed by several discussions about the details of your preference. We can then confirm the sample and proceed tocontract signing and mass production of wholesale nylon bags. Afterwards, shipping will follow, and the balance will be paid upon delivery. And it doesn’t stop at this; we also offer further cooperation if something might be wrong with the products we sent. Lastly, we also aim to promote our after-sales performance to better improve our relationship, especially by working towards the positive response of our customers.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom waterproof folding nylon bag for shopping, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Nylon foldable shopping bags pouches wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12327
Wholesale womens nylon shoulder bag with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-womens-nylon-shoulder-bag/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 07:13:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12312 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon shoulder bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: orange
  • Fabric: nylon fabric
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Size: Width 28*Height 17*Thickness 10 (cm*cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon shoulder bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale womens nylon shoulder bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Women’s nylon shoulder bags with zipper closures are the best of style and convenience. They provide a convenient, easy way to carry all your everyday essentials and keep them safe at the same time. Thus whether you’re a fashionista with an eye to add another accessory to your collection, or are perhaps just that busy mom in need of lugging everything around from place-to-place all day every day; this guide is for you.

 

Bjarne’s Shoulder Bag Nylon: The Next Fashion Favorite for Every Woman

Fashion’s best friend, nylon is beloved for its strength and elasticity. In Bjarne, lightweight design is made to provide comfort for all-day wear without the worry of strained shoulders. It offers good versatility, design and style for all tastes!

 

The Parameters And Features Of This Women’s Nylon Shoulder Bag

 

1. Durability for the Long Haul

In investing in wholesale women ’ s nylon shoulder bag with zippers, durability and longevity are important. This women’s nylon shoulder bag from Bjarne is practical day to day and therefore a good choice for people who need something sturdy.

 

2. Functionality at Its Finest: The Role of the Zipper

As for the world of wholesale, this bag’s functionality is king. Apart from looking stylish, the zipper closure also adds functionality to these bags.

 

3. Comfort and Convenience in One Package

Not only stylish, but also practical! And guess what? It has a strap that can be adjusted and holds the bag comfortably on your shoulder, even if you are carrying heavier items.

 

4. Versatility in Fashion: The Nylon Bag Advantage

Another nice side to it? Well, it also exudes style; making it versatile, seamlessly transitioning from day to night. It can come in various customization such as cross shoulder bags and shoulder tote bags. Unique and colorful options, like orange shoulder bags, adding a pop of color, effortlessly matching any outfit or activity.

nylon shoulder bags for women

Advantages Of Buying Nylon Shoulder Bags

Opting to purchase nylon shoulder bags for women in wholesale comes with benefits and one of the most notable is cost effectiveness.

 

1. Variety and Options

Wholesale purchases typically offer a range of styles, colors and designs. This variety enables retailers to cater to a customer base with preferences and tastes.

 

2. Assured Quality

Wholesale suppliers often maintain high quality standards to foster long term relationships with retailers. Consequently you can expect durable bags that will appeal to customers.

 

3. Effective Inventory Management

Bulk purchasing facilitates inventory management for businesses. It ensures a supply that meets customer demand without any disruptions.

 

4. Building Brand Reputation

Offering high quality nylon shoulder bags can significantly contribute to enhancing a store’s reputation fostering brand building and customer loyalty.

 

5. Economies of Scale

The units you purchase in bulk the lower the cost per unit becomes due to economies of scale. This pricing strategy can result in long term savings.

small shoulder tote bag

Why Choose Bjarne Wholesale Nylon Zipped Shoulder Bag

1. Sturdiness

This bag is made from sturdy nylon, a man-made fabric renowned for its resilience to everyday wear and tear. Unlike other materials, nylon doesn’t tear easily or appear worn over time. It retains its form and strength even when laden with heavy items, making it a dependable option for daily use.

 

2. Cost-effectiveness 

Bjarne provides this bag at wholesale rates, rendering them a budget-friendly choice for bulk purchasers. Despite the economical pricing, there’s no sacrifice on quality, assuring you receive value for your investment.

 

3. Quality Assurance

Bjarne prides itself on its commendable quality control measures. Each bag undergoes a quality and defect check before it departs the workshop, ensuring that customers receive only top-notch products.

 

4. Diversity

With Bjarne, your choices aren’t confined to a single style or design. They present a broad spectrum of styles to accommodate varied tastes and preferences. Whether your preference leans towards a traditional or modern style, you’re likely to discover a bag that meets your requirements.

 

Bjarne Zippered Shoulder Bag Style

You want options with a zip top shoulder bag? Bjarne’s got it – slick minimalism with this women’s nylon shoulder bag – it offers a simple but modest style to suit everyone’s fashionista needs.

 

Bjarne Shoulder Tote Bag Fabric

Aside from nylon, Bjarne manufactures shoulder tote bags from polyester, PU leather jute, felt and cotton too. Interested to get your own customized fabric? Take your pick now to get the right bag for your needs and personal style!

 

Types Of Nylon Shoulder Bags with Zipper Closures

Bjarne offers an assortment of nylon shoulder bags sealed with zippers to satisfy diverse requirements, like backpacks for brief or extended treks, versatile carrier bags for voyages near or distant, fanny packs to stow small essentials, and over-the-shoulder sacks for daily routines. This diversity addresses a broad range of styles and uses.

 

Bjarne Cross Shoulder Bag Wholesale Size Options

Bjarne provides numerous capacity selections for their crossbody bags. Customers can opt for a compact version to hold just bare necessities throughout routine days or choose an expanded cut for longer trips with room for extras. The choices let folks pick the most suitable fit.

 

In Addition To Orange Shoulder Bags, What Other Sizes Does Bajrne Offer?

Bjarne provides an assortment of colorful and dimensioned bags beyond just orange shoulder styles. Whether seeking a bag for everyday use or a promotional product, their size selection is sure to satisfy any need.

 

Here are some specific measurements for their promotional nylon shoulder bag with zipper:

 

  1. Small Vertical Size: Side width of 12cm, length of 25cm, and height of 30cm.
  2. Small Horizontal Size: Side width of 12cm, length of 32cm, and height of 25cm.
  3. Medium Horizontal Size:Side width of 10cm, length of 40cm, and height of 32cm.
  4. Medium Vertical Size:Side width of 10cm, length of 32cm, and height of 38cm.
  5. Large Horizontal Size: Side width of 12cm, length of 50cm, and height of 38cm1.

 

These size options ensure that there’s a Bjarne bag to suit every need, whether you’re looking for a compact bag for daily use or a larger bag for travel.

Wholesale womens nylon shoulder bag with zipper

Process of Wholesale for Nylon Shoulder Bag

Bjarne’s wholesale process is structured for effectiveness and ease of use. It starts with the picking of bags from their comprehensive collection, posted on their product page. After the preferred bags are chosen, a mass order can be lodged directly on the website.

 

The bags are then fabricated in Bjarne’s exclusive bag workshop, assuring quality check and punctual delivery. This domestic production permits Bjarne to preserve high standards of workmanship and keep pace with the newest fashion trends.

 

Once the fabrication process is finalized, the bags are set for dispatch. Retailers can then procure these chic and sturdy nylon shoulder bags, ready for resale. This well-organized process, along with Bjarne’s pledge to quality and style, guarantees a smooth and satisfying wholesale experience.

 

Conclusion

In Bjarne, wholesale nylon shoulder bags equipped with zipper closures are not just an accessory, they are also prime merchandise for resellers and consumers. Their durability signifies that they’re sturdy enough to handle daily usage, making them suitable for women across all ages. With zipper closures designed to offer an extra layer of protection, personal items are safeguarded. Since these bags are light and easy to carry, they can be fastened to your wrist or carried in a sling.

 

They’re ideal for light travel, shopping excursions, and other purse uses. They are offered in a range of designs, styles, and colors to match your varied fashion preferences. Their cost-effectiveness makes them a desirable option, adding to their allure. So, if you’re a retailer replenishing trendy and functional bags to sell, or a high-street fashion lover seeking style that is economical yet maintains a unique social distinction, these nylon shoulder bags are a must-have.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale womens nylon shoulder bag with zipper, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale womens nylon shoulder bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12312
Yellow mini small nylon crossbody bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/nylon-crossbody-bag-wholesale/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 06:44:57 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12303 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: yellow
  • Fabric: nylon fabric
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Size: Width 24cm*Thickness 15cm*Height 17cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Yellow mini small nylon crossbody bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Yellow mini small nylon crossbody bag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable nylon crossbody bag, this mini crossbody bag for women is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This nylon crossbody bagg has the following features:

 

1. Water-repellent nylon fabric.

 

2. The length of the bag shoulder strap is adjustable and can be worn on one shoulder or cross-body, or held in the hand to meet the needs of different occasions.

 

3. The backpack has multi-compartment design and clear classifications.

 

4. Rivet reinforcement, strong and durable.

 

5. Hardware links, strong and durable.

 

The wholesale custom nylon crossbody bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the women’s nylon crossbody bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom crossbody bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom nylon crossbody bag color

In the small nylon crossbody bag wholesale custom, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom nylon crossbody bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the yellow mini small nylon crossbody bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom nylon crossbody bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the yellow mini small nylon crossbody bag wholesale, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Yellow mini small nylon crossbody bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12303
Custom waterproof women’s shoulder nylon tote bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-nylon-tote-bags/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 06:13:17 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12292 In need of  this custom wholesale nylon tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 27*12*32cm
  • Material: Water-repellent nylon cloth
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • Color: delicate pink
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale nylon tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom waterproof women’s shoulder nylon tote bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom waterproof women’s shoulder nylon tote bags

If you are looking for a suitable nylon tote bag, this women’s tote bags is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This nylon tote bag has the following features:

 

1.Multiple pockets, multiple compartments, large capacity.

2. The bag can be carried on one shoulder or in the hand, allowing you to switch freely.

3. Made of durable and water-repellent nylon fabric, easy to care for.

4. Comfortable to carry, shoulder strap reinforced with stitching.

 

The wholesale custom nylon tote bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the women’s tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom women’s tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom nylon tote bag color

In the nylon tote bag customize, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom nylon tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom waterproof women’s shoulder nylon tote bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom nylon tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom waterproof women’s shoulder nylon tote bags, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom waterproof women’s shoulder nylon tote bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12292
Wholesale small faux leather tote bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/faux-leather-tote-bag-for-women/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 03:24:22 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12271 In need of  this custom wholesale faux leather tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: artificial leather
  • Weight: 0.37kg
  • Size: length 17.5*width 7*height 19cm
  • color: red
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale faux leather tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale small faux leather tote bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale small faux leather tote bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable faux leather tote bag, this tote bags for women is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This faux leather tote bag has the following features:

 

1. Comfortable to carry.

 

2. Detachable shoulder strap buckle.

 

3. The bag is carefully designed, three-dimensional and full, with a neat interior that can accommodate more travel needs.

 

4. The interior is equipped with a main bag, an inner patch pocket, and a zippered secret pocket, which can hold mobile phones, wallets, cosmetics, and power banks.

 

 

The wholesale custom faux leather belt bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the tote bags for women also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom faux leather tote bag color

In the faux leather tote bag customize, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom faux leather tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom wholesale small faux leather tote bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom faux leather tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale small faux leather tote bag for women, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Wholesale small faux leather tote bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12271
Women’s small faux leather shoulder bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/faux-leather-shoulder-bag-custom/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 02:37:42 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12261 In need of  this custom wholesale faux leather shoulder bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale faux leather shoulder bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s small faux leather shoulder bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

If you’re in search of a brand that embodies meticulousness and a dedication to excellence, or one that represents chic and refined accessories that will enhance your ensemble, Bjarne Handbags’ assortment of bespoke small faux leather shoulder bags for women is your ultimate destination. These artisanal bags are conceived to radiate sophistication while providing practical utility. Bjarne has emerged as a reliable name for those at the forefront of fashion—individuals who relish life’s luxuries!

Bjarne’s Women’s Small Faux Leather Shoulder Bag: What’s The Charm?

Let’s explore the elaborate specifics of these splendid bags that make them so captivating and irresistible, contributing to their elegance and practicality. The dimensions, weight, and other physical attributes of the bag are meticulously crafted to ensure it adheres to the highest quality standards.

1. Manufacturing Details And Delivery

Bjarne acknowledges the significance of efficiency—symbolizing dependability in the production and delivery of top-tier shoulder bags. Our bulk bags have a minimum order quantity for customization of 500PCS and 50PCS respectively. We not only prioritize efficiency but also a swift, systematic ordering process, offering you samples within a 5-7 day timeframe.

1. For custom designer bags, MOQ 500PCS

2. For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS

3. Sample days 5-7 days

Women's small faux leather shoulder bag custom

2. Material And Features

Our faux leather customized designer bags are available in a variety of hues. To cater to your individual style, we offer a range of options, including canvas brown, caramel brown, and canvas black—the urban chic style of these bags adds a dash of city sophistication to any ensemble. Crafted from premium PU material, our bags are fashionable, robust, and built to last.

Bag Type: Shoulder Handbag

Size: Medium

Key Element: Lock

Launch Year and Season: Fall 2023

Lining Material: Polyester

Opening Mechanism: Lock

Design: Horizontal Square Shape

Interior Structure: ID Pocket, Sandwich Zipper

Color: Canvas brown, caramel brown, canvas black

Style: street trend

Material: PU

Trendy styles of bags: Small square bag

Why Pick Bjarne To Make Your Small Shoulder Bags Special?

There are a few really good reasons to pick Bjarne custom women shoulder bags over other brands. Bjarne’s dedication to great quality makes us different. Each bag is carefully made with care, with the vision of the phrase “To Customize Designer Bags Is Our Edge!”

faux leather bag

Below are 10 reasons to start you with:

1. Unparalleled Craftsmanship

Our artisans are good at their jobs and enjoy making each bag carefully. With more than 18 years of work in making bags, Bjarne has made its skill very good—each bag shows the very careful care and high standards of the company.

2. Premium Materials

We only use strong faux leather to make things last for a long time—matching their vision to make clothes that are good for the environment. This choice of items shows that Bjarne truly cares about quality!

3. Versatility

Our custom shoulder bags are made to last; great for various circumstances like easy travels and fancy parties, Bjarne has a group of bags for school, computers or food and bags for travel and different jobs or events. Bjarne’s bags are a good option for any kind of fashion needs—always considering customers’ taste.

4. Innovative Design

We always change our designs to match what’s trendy; giving you the latest looks. And keeping up to date with the newest fashion trend. We always ensure our bags are fashionable. Bjarne’s dedication to fresh ideas sets us apart in the tough clothing business.

5. Personalized Experience

Our way of making bags is easy, so you can quickly make a small shoulder bag that shows who you are—providing choices to make things special. This is a part of Bjarne’s promise to make each person feel special and different when they shop.

6. Eco-Friendly

Bjarne is a company dedicated to being environmentally friendly–having faux leather as one of our fabric options which is good for the environment and better than real leather, works well with fashion styles—a key part of our business identity.

7. Affordable Luxury

To make it possible for more people to own fancy bags, so they can feel the class and cool vibes of Bjarne, our women shoulder bags are made of high quality fabrics and built with robust materials, but they don’t cost a lot. This means you can have a bag that feels yours and also stylish without having to break the bank.

8. Excellent Customer Service

Bjarne’s customer services are always ready to give support—we quickly respond to questions and make buying easy for everyone. Our dedication for every bag produced is making customers very happy. We treat our customers with their preferences and aesthetic wants in mind, ensuring they receive top notch services and experience stress-free shopping from start to finish.

9. Fast Delivery

Bjarne’s good way of making things and sending them quickly gives customers their orders fast. We understand how enjoyable it is to get a new bag, so we work hard to give you your custom shoulder bag made quickly; this efficiency is part of Bjarne’s values—providing an easy and enjoyable shopping experience.

10. Positive Customer Reviews

Many customers are satisfied with our high class services—giving positive feedback and reviews to our products, showing that we care a lot about quality and making customers happy. This shows how much Bjarne cares about meeting or even exceeding what customers expect—proving good experiences from buyers of Bjarne’s company, and backing the success for quality and service.

Customized Bags With Logo & Bjarne’s Unique Printing Wholesale Process

Do you own a business? Or perhaps want to advertise your brand, Bjarne faux leather shoulder bags are famous for customized bags with logo. Our special way of printing makes sure your logo is clearly seen on the bag. This lets you add more details and represent your brand better. Plus, the company does not only offer logo customizations, they also have customized bags with names!

Beginning your order for customized or large bags from Bjarne is an easy and simple job. Here’s your roadmap to get started:

1. Begin your personalization journey by sending a message to Bjarne.

2. Get a cost estimate made just for you based on what you need.

3. Talk with the Bjarne group completely to complete your design plan.

4. Check the test sample before starting big production

5. Sign an agreement and confirm your order by choosing how to pay.

6. Relax while Bjarne explains how to make it.

7. Pay off the rest of your balance when production is finished.

8. Wait for your special bag to arrive.

Bjarne: Made To Suit Your Custom Shoulder Bag Needs

Customizing women’s small shoulder bags? At Bjarne shoulder bags manufacturer, it  is a seamless process! Our team will guide you through each step—ensuring that your vision becomes a reality. First, you choose the design and material that best suits your style. Then, you have the option to customize bag with name or logo.

Bjarne shoulder bags manufacturer offers customizable women’s small faux leather shoulder bags that combine elegance with practicality; with attention to detail and a commitment to superior quality, our bags are designed to elevate your style—reflecting your individuality. So start expressing yourself today with a custom bag from Bjarne !

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the women’s small faux leather shoulder bag custom, As a professional custom shoulder bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Women’s small faux leather shoulder bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12261
Custom mens faux leather duffle bag with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-faux-leather-duffle-bag/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 02:03:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12251 In need of  this custom wholesale faux leather duffle bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 46cm * 23cm * 34cm
  • Material: PU
  • Weight: 0.87kg
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale faux leather duffle bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom mens faux leather duffle bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom mens faux leather duffle bag with zipper

If you are looking for a suitable faux leather duffle bag, this mens duffle bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This faux leather duffle bag has the following features:

 

1. Waterproof and easy to care for.

 

2. Suitable for many scenarios, such as leisure and fitness, business travel, and tourism.

 

3. Unique woven texture, delicate and shiny, elegant and fashionable, highlighting the personal charm of a gentleman.

 

4. Practical and reasonable internal structure, dry and wet separation design make you more comfortable to use and travel quickly.

 

5. The detachable hook is lightweight and not easy to break.

 

6. The hand strap is comfortable and wear-resistant and feels comfortable in the hand.

 

7. Hand-held double reinforcement, wear-resistant and durable.

 

The wholesale custom faux leather duffle bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mens duffle bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mens duffle bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom faux leather duffle bag color

In the faux leather duffle bag customize, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom faux leather duffle bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom mens faux leather duffle bag with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom faux leather duffle bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom mens faux leather duffle bag with zipper, As a professional custom bag manufacturers, Bjarne will provide suggestions and help make your bags..

The post Custom mens faux leather duffle bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12251
Women’s faux leather crossbody bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/faux-leather-crossbody-bag-wholesale/ Mon, 16 Oct 2023 01:14:32 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12241 In need of  this custom wholesale faux leather crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: black/dark gray/green/pine brown/off-white/apricot/brown/lime/grape purple/travertine green
  • Material: PU
  • Weight: 0.20kg
  • Structure: 1 main bag/1 zipper hidden pocket/1 slip pocket
  • Dimensions: length 18cm/width 6cm/height 11cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale faux leather crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s faux leather crossbody bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Bjarne’s women’s faux leather crossbody bag is a functional and stylish accessory meant for practical and fashion-conscious individuals. This bag is designed so you can carry your essentials in a convenient and completely hands-free way.

 

If you’re looking for a fine new bag as a gift to yourself or as a new product for your business, Bjarne’s faux leather crossbody bag is an excellent choice. Contact us to learn how to order yours today!

 

Women’s Faux Leather Crossbody Bag Product Details

Here are the product specifications of our faux leather crossbody bag:

 

  • Color: Black/Dark Gray/Green/Apricot/Travertine Green/Pine Brown/Lime/Brown/Green/Off-White/Grape Purple
  • Material: Polyurethane (PU)
  • Weight:0.2kg
  • Structure: 1 main bag, 1 zipper hidden pocket & 1 slip pocket
  • Dimensions: 18 x 5 x 11cm (Lx W x H)
  • For Customized Bag: MOQ 500PCS
  • For Wholesale Bag: MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample Days: 5-7 days
Women's tote Pu leather crossbody bag wholesale

Benefits of Wholesale Women’s Faux Leather Crossbody Bag

Cost Savings

Purchase Bjarne’s faux leather crossbody bag for women in bulk and enjoy significant cost savings. Buying wholesale gives you the benefit of reduced price per unit, which in turn, lets you offer your products at competitive prices.

 

Diverse Product Options

Bjarne’s wholesale faux leather bags are available in a diverse range of colors and materials. Our customization service helps you cater to the different preferences of your customers, effectively attracting a larger customer base.

 

Versatile Use

Our women’s faux leather crossbody bags are highly versatile. They are suitable for different occasions, such as casual outings, out-of-town trips, and formal events. These bags are versatile accessories that appeal to a broad audience.

 

Eco-Friendly and Cruelty-Free

Bjarne women’s crossbody faux leather bag is eco-friendly and cruelty-free as it doesn’t use traditional leather from animal hides. Customers who are pro-ethical and sustainable fashion find faux leather women’s bags a more appealing option.

 

Functional and Convenient

Crossbody bags are convenient, letting you carry your essentials hands-free. They are also highly functional having been designed with extra pockets and adjustable straps. Although small, our Bjarne crossbody bags faux leather complements a busy lifestyle.

 

Enhanced Brand Image

Bjarne faux leather crossbody bags are top-quality products that can help enhance your brand image. Let our designers add your logo on the bags made by skilled craftsmen and let their quality speak for itself when it comes to affordable fashion accessories.

 

Why Choose Bjarne Women’s Faux Leather Crossbody Bag

Bjarne is a top custom bag manufacturer in China. We are an experienced and trusted company that delivers wholesale high-quality best-priced bags of all types, including crossbody bags for women.

 

We specialize in customization, so clients can choose from a wide array of options when it comes to bags. At Bjarne, we can tailor faux leather crossbody bags using a variety of colors, from black to grape purple.

 

Besides customization, we also specialize in wholesale purchases. You can buy a bulk of our crossbody bags in faux leather at a significantly lower price. Wholesale faux leather bags can save you a lot of costs.

 

Other benefits include:

  • On-time delivery of products
  • Credit sales
  • 24/7 customer service

Contact us today to learn more about the benefits of purchasing a faux leather crossbody bag from Bjarne.

tote bag crossbody

Wholesale Women’s Custom Crossbody Bag Material

The material we use to make Bjarne crossbody bags faux leather is PU (polyurethane) leather. PU is a synthetic leather typically used to make shoes and furniture, but is also an excellent material for bags.

 

Polyurethane is considered vegan and compared to other materials, including traditional leather, it costs less and is easier to manufacture. This is how we can offer our faux leather crossbody bags that are available at competitive prices.

 

Wholesale Women’s Custom Crossbody Bag Colors

Bjarne’s customization service includes diverse colors for your crossbody bags. You can customize your bags in colors based on your needs—brand, customer likes, etc. We can deliberate all these during the wholesale process when we discuss the order details.

 

Wholesale Women’s Custom Crossbody Bag Label

We also provide customized labels to help promote your company. We can imprint your company’s logo on the bags as part of your marketing or advertising efforts or as part of your product line-ups.

 

You can also choose from our stock of logos and designs. Bjarne offers different types of labels, such as woven labels, embroidered labels, silk printed labels, leather debossed logos, metal logos, and more.

 

Bjarne Crossbody Faux Leather Bag Craftsmanship and Characteristics

Bjarne employs skilled, highly experienced craftsmen to make our faux leather crossbody bags. Their combined skill and attention to detail along with quality materials help create crossbody bags that are durable, sustainable, and stylish.

 

Here are some of the key features that contribute to the excellence of our crossbody faux leather bag, courtesy of our high-level craftsmanship:

 

Multiple Layers (Internal Design)

The internal design of Bjarne’s faux leather crossbody bag is separated into multiple layers. This provides a reasonable divide in the internal space, making it easier to organize the contents of your bag.

 

Double-Knot Shoulder Strap

The bag features a double-knot shoulder strap made from sturdy faux leather, just as the entire outer bag is. This design makes the bag appear extra stylish and helps the wearer look playful and smart.

 

Textured Material

The faux leather used to make the bag appears textured. It’s a natural and clear-looking texture that feels soft to the touch. The bag similarly has a soft and comfortable handle made from scratch and water-resistant, as well as highly resilient faux leather.

 

DIY Leather Rope Shoulder Strap

The Bjarne faux leather bags crossbody bag’s shoulder straps are DIY leather rope you can create into different styles. The wearer can change up the straps each use to match or spice up their looks, making the bag an excellent accessory.

 

Top Quality Hardware

We only use exquisite hardware for all our bags, including our faux leather crossbody bags. Their hardware has a sense of design and features a novel style. More than the aesthetic, our bag’s hardware doesn’t wear easily.

tote bag sizes

Wholesale Process of Crossbody Bags Faux Leather

The process of buying a bulk of our crossbody faux leather bag is easy. Start by sending us an inquiry. When we receive your message, we reply with a complete quotation of the service or product you want to avail.

 

Discussion Of Project Details

We will proceed to the project meeting where we discuss all the details of the project. Our team will ask you more about the size, material, designs, and other customization details, the number of bags, etc. that you require.

 

Send Sample Product And Confirmation

We won’t proceed to manufacturing right away. Our designers will create a sample product first to show you. We will send it to you and ask that you confirm that it meets all your requirements so we can move on to the next step.

 

Contract Signing And Deposit

Once the sample product passes your inspection, we can go ahead with the contract signing. The client will have to pay a deposit first as a security for our services. It will only be a portion of the total payment for the products.

 

Mass Production

After the contract is signed and the deposit made, our team begins mass production of the faux leather crossbody bags you ordered. Rest assured they will follow all your requirements and that the bags are top-quality.

 

Ready For Shipment And Delivery

We will confirm that the bags are ready for shipment. But before we ship them, we will require you to pay your balance. Once it’s done, we will quickly have your newly made crossbody bags delivered.

 

Further Cooperation And After-Sale Service

If you still have questions or concerns after delivery, don’t hesitate to reach out to us. We are available for further cooperation and offer after-sale service to ensure you are satisfied with our services.

Contact us today to order your faux leather crossbody bags!

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the women’s tote Pu leather crossbody bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Women’s faux leather crossbody bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12241
Custom pu leather bag women shoulder tote black https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-pu-leather-bag/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 09:17:59 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12229 In need of  this custom wholesale pu leather bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Colour: Black
  • Material: PU
  • Internal material: polyester
  • Size: 34*12*29*27cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale pu leather bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom pu leather bag women shoulder tote black first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom pu leather bag women shoulder tote black

If you are looking for a suitable pu leather bag, this leather bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This pu leather bag has the following features:

 

1. Comfortable handle. The length and curvature are designed according to ergonomics. It feels very comfortable to hold up.

 

2. The use of hardware pullers, full texture, and mature craftsmanship make the bag more fashionable and attractive.

 

3. Thick texture, good wear resistance and tear resistance, and water repellent.

 

4. The sewing thread is smooth and even, with no running or skipping lines at all.

 

5. The front pocket of the bag can be used to store mobile phones, cosmetics and other items.

 

6. An anti-theft backpack is designed on the back, which can hold cosmetics, iPhones and other items.

 

7.The main bag has a large space and can accommodate cosmetics, iPhones and other items.

 

 

The wholesale custom pu leather bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the pu leather bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather bag color

In the pu leather bag customize, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom pu leather bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom pu leather bag women shoulder tote black. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom pu leather bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom pu leather bag women shoulder tote black, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom pu leather bag women shoulder tote black first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12229
Womens shoulder woven leather bag customize https://china-handbag-factory.com/woven-leather-bag-customize/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 08:12:31 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12198 In need of  this custom wholesale woven leather bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: cowhide
  • Color: caramel color
  • Lining: Velvet lining
  • Dimensions: length 23CM*width 11CM*height 15CM
  • Shoulder strap size: 48-54CM
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale woven leather bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Womens shoulder woven leather bag customize first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Womens shoulder woven leather bag customize

If you are looking for a suitable woven leather bag, this leather bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This woven leather bag has the following features:

 

1. The space design is simple and clear, with sufficient opening width and convenient access.

 

2. Made of fine-textured cowhide material, which has strong texture and comfortable hand feel, strong leather surface fullness and good flexibility.

 

3. Fashionable shoulder strap, strong and light, comfortable and practical.

 

4. Fashionable bag lock, convenient and secure.

 

5.The bottom of the bag is evenly stitched and has a long service life.

 

The wholesale custom woven leather bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the woven leather bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom woven leather bag color

In the woven leather bag customize, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom leather bucket bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the womens shoulder woven leather bag customize. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom woven leather bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the womens shoulder woven leather bag customize, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Womens shoulder woven leather bag customize first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12198
Customize black leather tote bag with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/black-leather-tote-bag-with-zipper/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 07:25:51 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12188 In need of  this custom wholesale black leather tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Colour: Black
  • Material: cowhide
  • Carrying method: One shoulder, hand-held
  • Long shoulder strap: 80cm
  • Weight: about 0.64kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale black leather tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customize black leather tote bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather tote bag color

In the custom leather tote bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom black leather tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the customize black leather tote bag with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom black leather tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customize black leather tote bag with zipper, Bjarne as a custom leather bag manufacturers will provide advice and help you create your bag.

The post Customize black leather tote bag with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12188
Womens cross body leather bucket bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/leather-bucket-bag-wholesale/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 06:39:45 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12179 In need of  this custom wholesale leather bucket bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Colour: Khaki
  • Material: Leather
  • Leather characteristics: two layers of cowhide
  • Lining texture: super fiber
  • Size: 25cm*15cm*23cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale leather bucket bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Womens cross body leather bucket bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Womens Khaki tote leather bucket bag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable leather bucket bag, this leather bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This leather bucket bag has the following features:

 

1. Anti-rust, smooth and wear-resistant hook, can be disassembled at will, beautiful and practical.

2. The handheld design is sleek and comfortable to hold.

3. High-quality hardware lock, simple and fashionable.

4. Various fashionable carrying methods: one shoulder, crossbody, handheld.

 

The wholesale custom leather bucket bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the tote bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom bucket bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather bucket bag color

In the custom leather bucket bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom leather bucket bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the womens Khaki tote leather bucket bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom leather bucket bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the Womens Khaki tote leather bucket bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Womens cross body leather bucket bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12179
Custom black leather crossbody bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/black-leather-crossbody-bag/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 06:09:22 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12170 In need of  this custom wholesale black leather crossbody bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Colour: Black
  • Material: Leather
  • Cortical characteristics: first layer of cowhide
  • Lining texture: polyester
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale black leather crossbody bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom black leather crossbody bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom black leather crossbody bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable black leather crossbody bag, this crossbody bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This black leather crossbody bag has the following features:

 

1. Various fashionable carrying methods: shoulder/crossbody/handheld.

 

2. Select soft and wear-resistant fabrics, comfortable to the touch, revealing taste and style, casual and fashionable.

 

3. The textured hardware accessories have been polished at high temperature, and their luster is round and full, wear-resistant and durable.

 

4. Reasonable and convenient capacity design, convenient for holding tissues, mobile phones, wallets, perfume and other personal items.

 

5. The length of the shoulder strap can be adjusted at will to meet the needs of people of different heights.

 

The wholesale custom black leather crossbody bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the tote bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom crossbody bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather crossbody bag color

In the custom leather crossbody bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom black leather crossbody bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom black leather crossbody bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom black leather crossbody bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom black leather crossbody bag for women, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom black leather crossbody bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12170
wholesale vintage leather messenger bags for mens https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-leather-messenger-bag-for-men/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 05:38:25 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12160 In need of  this custom wholesale leather messenger bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Leather
  • Cortical characteristics: first layer of cowhide
  • Lining texture: polyester cotton
  • Color: frosted brown, brown
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale leather messenger bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post wholesale vintage leather messenger bags for mens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom crossbody messenger bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather messenger bag color

In the custom leather messenger bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom leather messenger bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the wholesale leather messenger bag for men. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom leather messenger bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale genuine leather messenger bag for men, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post wholesale vintage leather messenger bags for mens first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12160
Custom retro brown leather sling bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-leather-sling-bag/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 03:42:42 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12149 In need of  this custom wholesale leather sling bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: Can be customized upon request
  • Color: brown (can be customized)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale leather sling bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom retro brown leather sling bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom sling bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom leather sling bag color

In the custom leather sling bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom leather sling bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the custom retro brown leather sling bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Leather sling bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom retro brown leather sling bag for women, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom retro brown leather sling bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12149
Custom eco friendly jute shopper bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-jute-shopper-bag/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 02:06:18 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12126 In need of  this custom wholesale jute shopper bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: Jute
  • Material: jute cloth
  • Size: 35*40*15CM (can be customized according to requirements)
  • Fabric thickness: 6, 8, 10, 12A (can be customized)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale jute shopper bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom eco friendly jute shopper bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom eco friendly jute shopper bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable jute shopper bag, this jute tote bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This jute shopper bag has the following features:

 

1. Reject recycled materials and use high-quality new materials, which are soft and comfortable to the touch, simple and smooth lines, and not easy to deform.

 

2. The height and width of the handheld design incorporate ergonomics-related data to make it more comfortable to use and more durable.

 

3. Complete equipment, multiple printing processes, the printing effect is clear, the color is bright, and it is not easy to fade.

 

4. Fine sewing workmanship, strong and neat wiring, not easy to come off, overall beautiful and elegant.

 

 

The jute shopper bag wholesale custom wcould be made as the stock stytles, the jute tote bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom jute bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom jute shopper bag color

In the custom jute shopper bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom jute shopper bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the jute shopper bag wholesale custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Jute shopper bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom eco friendly jute shopper bag for women, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom eco friendly jute shopper bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12126
Womens tote blank large jute bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/large-jute-bag-wholesale/ Sat, 14 Oct 2023 01:20:01 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12116 In need of  this custom wholesale large jute bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: Horizontal version 39×31×15cm
  • Portable: 100% cotton woven bag core wrapped
  • Product fabric: jute fabric composite PVC film
  • Color: True color
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale large jute bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Womens tote blank large jute bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom jute bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom personalised jute bag color

In the custom personalised large jute bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom large jute bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the large jute bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Large jute bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the womens tote blank large jute bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Womens tote blank large jute bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12116
Custom women’s personalised jute bag with logo https://china-handbag-factory.com/personalised-jute-bag/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 09:25:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12103 In need of  this custom wholesale personalised jute bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric thickness: can be customized
  • Fabric material: linen
  • Printing process: silk screen printing, digital printing, heat transfer printing
  • Style: handbag, drawstring bag, folding bag, backpack bag, etc
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale jute bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom women’s personalised jute bag with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom women’s personalised jute bag with logo

If you are looking for a suitable personalised jute bag, this jute tote bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This personalised jute bag has the following features:

 

1. Foldable for storage, greatly reducing space occupation

2. The bottom is enlarged and widened for neat placement.

3. Exquisite portable, comfortable to use, stronger load-bearing capacity

4. A variety of thickness process options to show bright effects

5.Various styles and patterns for you to choose from

 

The personalised jute bag wholesale custom wcould be made as the stock stytles, the jute tote bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom jute bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom personalised jute bag color

In the custom personalised jute bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom jute bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the personalised jute bag wholesale custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Personalised jute bag wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom women’s personalised jute bag with logo, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom women’s personalised jute bag with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12103
Japanese simple style jute tote bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/jute-tote-bags-wholesale/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 08:57:33 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12094 In need of  this custom wholesale jute tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: customized according to customer needs
  • Color: Support dyeing customization
  • Printing process: silk screen printing, digital printing, heat transfer printing
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale jute tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Japanese simple style jute tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom tote bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom jute tote bag color

In the japanese simple style jute tote bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom jute bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the jute tote bags wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Jute bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the japanese simple style jute tote bags wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Japanese simple style jute tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12094
Ladies shoulder jute bags wholesale custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/jute-bags-wholesale-custom/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 08:20:27 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12084 In need of  this custom wholesale jute bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: customized according to customer needs
  • Color: Support dyeing customization
  • Printing process: silk screen printing, digital printing, heat transfer printing
  • Style: handbag, drawstring bag, folding bag, backpack bag, etc
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale jute bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Ladies shoulder jute bags wholesale custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Ladies shoulder jute bags wholesale custom

If you are looking for a suitable jute bag, this jute tote bag is a good choice,It has a variety of colors, a variety of processes, and a variety of processes to choose from.

 

This ladies shoulder jute bags has the following features:

 

1. Snap button design, easy locking, simple and convenient operation

2. The connection point of the bag mouth is tightly stitched and the workmanship is meticulous.

3. The bag’s stitching is tight, meticulous and smooth.

4. The bottom stitching is meticulous and has good load-bearing capacity.

 

The jute bags wholesale custom wcould be made as the stock stytles, the jute tote bag also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom jute bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom jute bag color

In the custom jute bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom jute bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the ladies shoulder jute bags wholesale custom. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Jute bags wholesale custom process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the ladies shoulder jute bags wholesale custom, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Ladies shoulder jute bags wholesale custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12084
Custom blank fabric jute shopping bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-jute-shopping-bag/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 07:24:16 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12073 In need of  this custom wholesale jute shopping bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Bag fabric: jute cloth
  • Weight: 0.2kg
  • Color: customized
  • Size: customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale jute shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom blank fabric jute shopping bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom blank fabric jute shopping bag for women

If you are looking for a suitable jute shopping bag, this shopping bag is a good choice,It is breathable, tough, super durable and load-bearing.

 

This jute shopping bag has the following features:

 

1. Strictly selected high-quality linen material, wear-resistant and durable, with outstanding quality

 

2. The core design of the handbag increases the comfort of handbags, and the links are sewn to prevent breakage.

 

3. It has a bottom and sides, which greatly increases the load-bearing capacity of the product and makes it stronger.

 

4. Large capacity design.

 

5. A variety of specifications are available for you to choose from to meet your different needs.

 

 

The jute shopping bag on wheels wcould be made as the stock stytles, the shopping bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom jute shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom jute shopping bag color

In the custom jute shopping bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom jute shopping bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the jute shopping bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom jute shopping bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom blank fabric jute shopping bag for women, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom blank fabric jute shopping bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12073
Custom felt plant bags for planting potatoes https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-felt-plant-bags/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 03:51:16 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12024 In need of  this felt plant bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Type: grass planting bag/ecological bag/slope protection bag
    Features: Breathable, not easily deformed, degradable, corrosion resistant
  • Usage form: desktop, floor-standing
  • Application scenarios: offices, home furnishings, shopping malls, home gardening, balcony vegetable gardens, flower beds and nursery production
  • Size: 50*50cm nine mouths
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale felt plant bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom felt plant bags for planting potatoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom felt plant bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom felt plant bags color

In the custom wholesale felt plant bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom felt plant bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the felt plant bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom felt plant bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom felt plant bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom felt plant bags for planting potatoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12024
Wholesale 50*50cm green fabric felt grow bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/fabric-felt-grow-bags/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 03:21:00 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12014 In need of  this felt grow bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.1kg
  • Color: green (can be customized)
  • Grow bag fabric:felt
  • Size: 50*50cm nine mouths
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale felt grow bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale 50*50cm green fabric felt grow bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom felt grow bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom felt grow bags color

In the custom wholesale felt grow bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom felt planter bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the felt grow bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom felt grow bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom wholesale 50*50cm green fabric felt grow bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale 50*50cm green fabric felt grow bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12014
Red fabric felt christmas bags custom wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/felt-christmas-bags-custom-wholesale/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 02:45:39 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=12004 In need of  this felt christmas bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.2kg
  • Color: red
  • Size: 24*22*11cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale felt christmas bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Red fabric felt christmas bags custom wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom felt christmas bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom felt christmas bags color

In the custom wholesale felt christmas bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom felt christmas bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the felt christmas bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom felt christmas bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the red fabric felt christmas bags custom wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Red fabric felt christmas bags custom wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
12004
Custom thickened wall hanging felt planter bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/felt-planter-bags/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 02:06:32 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11995 In need of  this felt planter bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale felt planter bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom thickened wall hanging felt planter bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

 

Wholesale custom felt planter bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom felt planter bags color

In the custom wholesale felt planter bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom felt planter bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the felt planter bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom felt planter bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom thickened wall hanging felt planter bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom thickened wall hanging felt planter bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11995
Cute cartoon bear felt tote bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/felt-tote-bags-wholesale/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 01:16:19 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11985 In need of  this felt bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale felt tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Cute cartoon bear felt tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

 

Wholesale custom fabric bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom felt bag color

In the custom fabric bag felt wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom felt tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cute cartoon bear fabric bag felt wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom felt bag tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the cute cartoon bear fabric bag felt wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Cute cartoon bear felt tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11985
Wholesale customization cotton tote bags uk https://china-handbag-factory.com/cotton-tote-bags-uk/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 11:44:16 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11961 In need of  this cotton tote bags uk? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: black, white
  • Tote bag fabric: canvas cotton
  • Size: Width 38*Height 36 (cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale cotton tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale customization cotton tote bags uk first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags color

In the custom wholesale cotton tote bags uk, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cotton tote bags uk. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom cotton tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale customization cotton tote bags uk, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale customization cotton tote bags uk first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11961
Custom fabric canvas cotton on tote bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-cotton-on-tote-bag/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 11:21:42 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11952 In need of  this cotton on tote bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Printing process: silk screen
  • Tote bag fabric: canvas cotton
  • Size: 40 width * 34 height * 6 base (cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale cotton on tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom fabric canvas cotton on tote bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cotton on tote bag color

In the custom wholesale fabric canvas cotton on tote bag for women, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cotton on tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cotton on tote bag for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom cotton on tote bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom fabric canvas cotton on tote bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11952
Light beige fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/fabric-cotton-shopping-bag-wholesale/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 10:25:11 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11941 In need of  this fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.254kg
  • Tote bag fabric: 80# pure cotton cloth
  • Size: 40cm * 19cm * 33cm*28cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale cotton shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Light beige fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>


Wholesale custom cotton tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cotton shopping bag color

In the custom fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cotton shopping bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom cotton shopping bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Light beige fabric cotton shopping bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11941
High capacity insulated shopping bag custom https://china-handbag-factory.com/insulated-shopping-bag-custom/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 07:44:39 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11898 In need of  this custom wholesale insulated shopping bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: non-woven fabric
  • Size: 30*35*15cm
  • Color: customized
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale insulated shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post High capacity insulated shopping bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

High capacity insulated shopping bag custom

If you are looking for a suitable insulated shopping bag, this shopping bag is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This insulated shopping bag has the following features:

 

1. Large capacity, large space, easy to organize.

 

2. Strong load-bearing, the handbag is strong and durable.

 

3. The safe and environmentally friendly PVC film is more insulating, has good light resistance, radiation protection, and is waterproof and easy to clean.

 

4. Made of thickened fabric, slightly waterproof, wear-resistant and damage-resistant.

 

5. Zipper style, user-friendly design for easy opening, good workmanship, fine and straight stitches.

 

6. Strong pulling force, high hardness, smooth flow, better heat preservation.

 

7. The inner layer is made of food-grade environmentally friendly aluminum film. If any soup spills, just wipe it gently with a paper towel.

 

 

The insulated shopping bag on wheels wcould be made as the stock stytles, the shopping bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom insulated shopping bag color

In the custom insulated shopping bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom insulated shopping bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the insulated shopping bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom insulated shopping bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the high capacity insulated shopping bag custom, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post High capacity insulated shopping bag custom first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11898
Custom 20l 30l 40l shopping cart bags without cart https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-shopping-cart-bags/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 07:15:14 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11889 In need of  this custom shopping cart bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Color: green (can be customized)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale shopping cart bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom 20l 30l 40l shopping cart bags without cart first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shopping cart bags color

In the custom wholesale 20l 30l 40l shopping cart bags without cart, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom shopping cart bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the shopping cart bags without cart. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom wholesale shopping cart bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom 20l 30l 40l shopping cart bags without cart, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom 20l 30l 40l shopping cart bags without cart first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11889
Wholesale foldable shopping bag with wheels https://china-handbag-factory.com/shopping-bag-with-wheels/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 06:50:04 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11879 In need of  this foldable shopping bag wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: 600D Oxford cloth
  • Expanded size: about 48*28*14CM
  • Folding size: 28*18CM
  • Net weight: 450g
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale foldable shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale foldable shopping bag with wheels first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom foldable shopping bag color

In the custom wholesale shopping bag with wheels, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom foldable shopping bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the shopping bag with wheels. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom foldable shopping bag wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the wholesale foldable shopping bag with wheels, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale foldable shopping bag with wheels first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11879
Wholesale polyester white large mesh laundry bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/mesh-laundry-bag-wholesale/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 06:06:56 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11860 In need of  this custom wholesale large mesh laundry bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: White
  • Weight: 0.2kg
  • Size: 90*110cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale large mesh laundry bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale polyester white large mesh laundry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom mesh bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom large mesh laundry bag color

In the custom wholesale large mesh laundry bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom large mesh laundry bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the large mesh laundry bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom wholesale large mesh laundry bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom wholesale large mesh laundry bag, Bjarne as wholesale custom bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale polyester white large mesh laundry bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11860
Custom PVC mesh+Oxford cloth mesh dive bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-mesh-dive-bag/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 05:39:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11850 In need of  this custom wholesale mesh dive bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: PVC mesh + Oxford cloth
  • Color: red and black
  • Weight: 0.78kg
  • Specifications: length 75CM* diameter 40CM
  • Packing size: 44*46*3CM
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mesh dive bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom PVC mesh+Oxford cloth mesh dive bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom PVC mesh+Oxford cloth mesh dive bag

If you are looking for a suitable mesh dive bag, this mesh tote bag is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This mesh dive bag has the following features:

 

1. Large capacity, can accommodate 3 sets of 3MM wet suits + 3 pairs of long fins + 3 sets of snorkeling scopes + several other peripheral accessories.

 

2. It adopts PVC mesh + Oxford cloth structure, which is strong, wear-resistant and durable.

 

3. Large size 10 resin zipper, not rusty, not easy to break, smooth pull feeling.

 

4. There is a convenient pocket on the front of the bag for convenient storage of frequently used items.

 

5. It is equipped with handles and shoulder straps, which can be carried or carried, whichever is more comfortable.

 

6. When not in use, it can be folded into a cake shape for easy storage and does not take up space.

 

7. Diving flags are designed on both ends of the bag, which are exclusive signs for divers.

 

 

The mesh dive bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mesh bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mesh bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mesh dive bag color

In the custom mesh dive bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mesh dive bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the mesh dive bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom mesh dive bag wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom mesh dive bag wholesale, Bjarne as wholesale custom bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom PVC mesh+Oxford cloth mesh dive bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11850
Large capacity pocket mesh swim bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/mesh-swim-bag-wholesale/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 03:49:28 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11842 In need of  this custom wholesale mesh swim bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: customizable
  • Weight: 0.16kg
  • Size: Top width 45cm* Bottom width 32cm* Height 33cm* Thickness 11cm* Hand lift height 22cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mesh swim bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Large capacity pocket mesh swim bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Large capacity pocket mesh swim bag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable mesh swim bag, this mesh tote bag is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This mesh swim bag has the following features:

 

1. Large capacity and multiple pockets.

 

2. The main material is mesh cloth, which is lightweight and foldable.

 

3. Widen the bag mouth: The bag mouth is spliced with Oxford cloth, which is strong and not easy to deform.

 

4. Widened and thickened webbing for hand carry, double-line carriage to the bottom, strong load-bearing capacity.

 

5. Hollow material, light and breathable, can be folded and stored when not in use and does not take up space.

 It can be washed and used repeatedly.

 

6. There is a zippered cloth bag inside to store mobile phones, keys, change, cards and other small items.

 

7. The open pocket makes it easier to take the baby, and the bottom net is double-layered to increase the load-bearing capacity.

 

 

The mesh swim bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mesh bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mesh bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mesh swim bag color

In the custom mesh swim bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mesh swim bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the mesh swim bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom mesh swim bag wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the large capacity pocket mesh swim bag wholesale, Bjarne as wholesale custom bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Large capacity pocket mesh swim bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11842
Custom polyester mesh zipper bags for wash shoes https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-mesh-zipper-bags/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 02:57:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11827 In need of  this custom wholesale mesh zipper bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Color: customizable
  • Weight: 0.05kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mesh zipper bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom polyester mesh zipper bags for wash shoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom polyester mesh zipper bags for wash shoes

If you are looking for a suitable mesh zipper bags, this mesh bag is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This mesh zipper bags has the following features:

 

1. Thickened fabric: Reinforced nylon textile enhances tensile strength and has good wear resistance, corrosion resistance and wear resistance.

 

2. Increase capacity: Different specifications and sizes have different uses, so you can rest assured to choose the one that suits your clothes.

 

3. Zipper protection: The zipper head protective cover is designed to prevent the zipper from damaging the clothes during high-speed washing.

 

4. Double-layer seams: Strengthened seams on the laundry bag make the laundry bag more solid and less likely to be damaged.

 

5. High-quality zippers: High-quality zipper pullers are durable and remain as good as new after several pulls. They are wear-resistant and durable.

 

 

The mesh zipper bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mesh bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mesh bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mesh zipper bags color

In the custom polyester mesh zipper bags for wash shoes, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mesh zipper bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the mesh zipper bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom mesh zipper bags wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom polyester mesh zipper bags for wash shoes, Bjarne as wholesale custom bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom polyester mesh zipper bags for wash shoes first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11827
Custom black mesh drawstring bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-black-mesh-drawstring-bags/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 02:29:07 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11817 In need of  this custom wholesale mesh drawstring bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: mesh
  • Colour: Black
  • Style: many styles available
  • Usage: Suitable for packaging and storage of various products, etc
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mesh drawstring bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom black mesh drawstring bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom black mesh drawstring bags wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable mesh drawstring bags, this mesh bag is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This mesh drawstring bags has the following features:

 

1. Strictly select high-quality linen material, which is wear-resistant and durable with outstanding quality.

2. The seal is strong, easy to use and easy to carry.

3. Delicate wiring, smooth friction and comfortable feel

4. A variety of specifications and styles are available to meet your different needs.

 

The mesh drawstring bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the mesh bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom mesh bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mesh drawstring bags color

In the custom black mesh drawstring bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mesh drawstring bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the mesh drawstring bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom black mesh drawstring bags wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels, Bjarne as wholesale custom bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom black mesh drawstring bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11817
Women’s white shoulder mesh tote bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/mesh-tote-bag-wholesale/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 01:36:19 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11807 In need of  this mesh tote bag wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Fabric: Net+Canvas
  • Size: 32cm*9cm*35cm
  • Net weight: about 0.18kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale mesh tote bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s white shoulder mesh tote bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom mesh bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom mesh tote bag color

In the custom mesh tote bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom mesh tote bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the mesh tote bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom mesh tote bag wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the women’s white shoulder mesh tote bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Women’s white shoulder mesh tote bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11807
Waterproof oxford foldable shopping bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/foldable-shopping-bag-wholesale/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 09:42:37 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11789 In need of  this foldable shopping bag wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: 600D waterproof Oxford cloth
  • Folded size: length 21*width 9.5CM
  • Expanded size: handle 20*height 32*width 45.5*bottom width 12CM
  • Net weight: 150g
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale foldable shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Waterproof oxford foldable shopping bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom foldable shopping bag color

In the custom foldable shopping bag wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom foldable shopping bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the foldable shopping bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom foldable shopping bag wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the waterproof oxford foldable shopping bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Waterproof oxford foldable shopping bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11789
Polyester cartoon shopping bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/cartoon-shopping-bags-wholesale/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 08:27:10 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11769 In need of  this cartoon shopping bags wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size:47*42*6cm
  • Weight: about 70g
  • Fabric: polyester fiber (water-repellent)
  • Color: Dark Blue Stars and Moon/White Paris/Pink Fairy Tale Forest
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Polyester cartoon shopping bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom cartoon shopping bags color

In the custom cartoon shopping bags wholesale, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cartoon shopping bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cartoon shopping bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Cartoon shopping bags wholesale process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the polyester cartoon shopping bags wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Polyester cartoon shopping bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11769
Custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-shopping-bag-on-wheels/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 07:43:58 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11759 In need of  this custom wholesale shopping bag on wheels? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale custom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.6kg
  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Color: noble orchid, elegant coffee flower
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale shopping bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels

If you are looking for a suitable shopping bag on wheels, this shopping bag is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This shopping bag on wheels has the following features:

 

1. Environmentally friendly material, the coating is tough and glossy and will not age easily, and the bag mouth has a metal buckle

 

2. When the wheels are not in use, they can be stored and pulled by hand to switch between them at will.

 

3. Shrinkable zipper, you can switch the length as you like

 

4.3*3 encrypted Oxford cloth, specially made according to European standards

 

5. Thickened bottom plate plus PU waterproof membrane

 

6. Can be customized according to patterns or designs provided by customers

 

 

The shopping bag on wheels wcould be made as the stock stytles, the shopping bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom shopping bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom shopping bags color

In the custom shopping bags on wheels, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom shopping bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the printed foldable shopping bags on wheels. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom printed foldable shopping bags on wheels first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11759
Custom extra large promotional cotton tote bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-promotional-cotton-tote-bags/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 06:21:23 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11741 In need of  this custom wholesale promotional cotton tote bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: cotton
  • Color: can be customized
  • Size: 50*12*34 (mm*mm)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale promotional cotton tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom extra large promotional cotton tote bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags color

In the custom promotional tote bags with logo, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom promotional cotton tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the promotional cotton tote bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom promotional cotton tote bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom extra large promotional cotton tote bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom extra large promotional cotton tote bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11741
Women’s promotional canvas tote bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/promotional-canvas-tote-bags-wholesale/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 05:41:12 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11724 In need of  this custom wholesale promotional canvas tote bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Canvas
  • Color: can be customized
  • Size: 130*25 (mm*mm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale promotional canvas tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Women’s promotional canvas tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Women’s promotional canvas tote bags wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable promotional canvas tote bags, this tote bags is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

 

This promotional canvas tote bags has the following features:

 

 

1. Use high-quality ink, the color is bright and bright, and advertising LOGO can be printed

 

2. The bottom is enlarged and widened, which is sturdy and durable and easy to place.

 

3. Use advanced sewing machines to sew, which ensures stable thread running, no stitching or thread drop.

 

4. Various styles and colors available

 

 

The promotional canvas tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags color

In the custom promotional tote bags with logo, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom promotional canvas tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the promotional canvas tote bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale promotional canvas tote bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the promotional canvas tote bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Women’s promotional canvas tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11724
Wholesale promotional tote bags with zipper https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-promotional-tote-bags-with-zipper/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 11:31:06 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11660 In need of  this custom wholesale promotional tote bags with zipper? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Weight: 0.18kg
  • Color: blue print
  • Material: Oxford cloth/polyester
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale promotional tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale promotional tote bags with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags color

In the custom promotional tote bags with logo, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the promotional tote bags with zipper. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale promotional tote bags with zipper process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the Wholesale promotional tote bags with zipper, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale promotional tote bags with zipper first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11660
Custom women’s canvas tote bags promotional https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-womens-canvas-tote-bags-promotional/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 10:06:44 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11566 In need of  this custom promotional tote bags with logo? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Canvas
  • Color: can be customized
  • Bottom and sides: bottom without sides
  • Printing process: silk screen, offset printing
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  assist you throughout the custom wholesale promotional tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom women’s canvas tote bags promotional first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags color

In the custom promotional tote bags with logo, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the women’s canvas tote bags promotional. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom women's canvas tote bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom women’s canvas tote bags promotional, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom women’s canvas tote bags promotional first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11566
Custom promotional tote bags with logo https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-promotional-tote-bags-with-logo/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 08:16:25 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11480 In need of  this custom promotional tote bags with logo? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: heat-sealed non-woven fabric
  • Color: Navy blue, sky blue, red, dark green
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale promotional tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom promotional tote bags with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

The use of custom promotional tote bags with logos is a new and environmentally conscious strategy that is becoming increasingly popular. These multipurpose products not only contribute practicality to the lives of consumers but also function as mobile advertisements, generating a lasting effect.

 

So, in this article’s contents, will cover all the necessary details regarding promotional tote bags.

 

What is Custom Promotional Tote Bags With Logo

If you wish to increase brand recognition, care about the environment, or simplify the lives of your consumers, tote bags customized are the ideal promotional item.

 

Customizable with regard to design, size, color, and pattern, these tote bags design are an excellent option if you are searching for promotional tote bags with logo.

 

Do you wish to have these personalized promotional tote bags imprinted with your logo?

 

Then, bags manufactured by Bjarne handbag manufacturer can be ordered in bulk to meet your needs.

Promotional Tote Bag Measurement

Custom Promotional tote bag with logo details

  • Size of small vertical:(12cm side width, 25cm length, 30cm height)
  • Size of small horizontal:(side width 12cm; length 32cm; height 25cm)
  • Size of medium horizontal:(side width 10cm; length 40cm; height 32cm)
  • Size of medium vertical:(side width 10cm, length 32cm, height 38cm)
  • Size of large horizontal:(side width 12cm, length 50cm, height 38cm)

Benefits of this promotional tote bags with logo

Here are five advantages that promotional tote bags provide for both of you and your consumers are as follows.

  • Transportation Easier
  • More robust
  • Better Opportunities for Branding
  • Friendly to the environment
  • Superior Visibility

Why purchase handbags from the manufacturer Bjarne?

Being a custom bag manufacturer with eighteen years of experience, Bjarne handbag manufacturer possesses numerous of benefits that will assist you in acquiring the finest handbag at an affordable price.

  • Limited MOQ for handbags:Low MOQs are approved by Bjarne, a manufacturer of small bags.
  • Accomplished quality:Before being packaged, each bag produced by the expert China bag manufacturer will be inspected to ensure that it meets all necessary standards.
  • Consistent delivery period:Over 100 individuals are employed at Bjarne’s bag workshop. Also, its location is along the industrial corridor for handbags. The company possesses sufficient manufacturing capacity to manufacture the bags.
  • Best price on bags:As a direct manufacturer of bags, Bjarne eliminates the need for intermediaries, which reduces unit costs and improves unit pricing.
  • Services for Customers 24/7:Bjarne places a high value on timely responses as a means to enhance its image as a reputable provider of customized handbags and to optimize your time.
  • Sales by Credit:Whether one is a bag startup or a bag manufacturer. Bjarne offer credit sales at discretion.

So what are you waiting for? Purchase now!

Why customize promotional tote bags with logo

The following are the specific reasons why imprinting promotional tote bags with a logo is an effective marketing approach.

 

Consumer Engagement: Promotional Tote bags with logo have the potential to spark conversations. An opportunity for interaction arises when customers are presented with a these personalized product.

 

Fashionable and up to date: Designing promotional tote bags by contemporary fashion trends can render them fashionable. Organizations can establish their brand as modern and tuned to the tastes of their intended demographic by personalizing them with an aesthetically pleasing logo.

 

Walking billboards: Promotional tote bags promote the brand. As recipients carry these bags, they unintentionally promote the brand to a diverse audience, increasing brand exposure.

customize promotional tote bags with logo

What material would be most suitable for the custom promotional tote bag?

 

  1. Canvas Options

  • 6oz Canvas:A choice that is lightweight and appropriate for gatherings or temporary usage.
  • 8oz Canvas: Achieving a balance between durability and weight for widespread application.
  • 10oz Canvas: An option of moderate weight that is durable for extended use.
  • 12oz Canvas: The most strong and weighty option, which signifies superior quality.
  • Contrast between Price and Quality:The larger the oz, the higher the price, the better the quality.
  1. Polyester Variety

  • 300D Polyester: Designed to be economical and suitable for promotional campaigns.
  • 600D Polyester:A more robust alternative that provides longevity for prolonged usage.
  • Oxford Cloth:The textured appearance of this item lends it an air of sophistication.
  • 230T Polyester:A versatile and sturdy option that is both lightweight and durable.
  • Understanding Polyester:Each variation offers customizable choices for different needs.
  1. Jute

  • It’s eco-friendly and stylish.
  • Liked for its unusual style, which adds sophistication.
  • Has great durability, ensuring long-term promotion.
  1. Non-Woven Fabric

  • Its light weight and economical price render it a highly suitable option for those on a budget.
  • Adaptable to a wide range of designs, hues, and printing methods.
  • Presented in an eco-friendly manner, it attracts environmentally conscious consumers.
  • Modern Choice:Non-woven fabric offers a versatile and modern alternative when it comes to promotional tote bags.

Before deciding on a material for your custom promotion tote bag, give careful consideration to the distinctive qualities of each available option.

 

The selection between polyester and canvas, considering the ounces of canvas, is contingent upon the particular promotional objectives, financial limitations, and intended longevity of the tote bags.

Below are examples of customized promotional tote bags with logo

Kindly contact Bjarne Handbag Manufacturer without delay if you are interested in the creation of an early version design. Having your design concepts materialize is without a doubt in their best interests to assist you.

promotional tote bags with logo

When it comes to customized logo tote bag, why choose Bjarne?

Personalized in color, size, style, and pattern, these tote bags customized from Bjarne handbag manufacturer are an excellent option if you are searching for promotional tote bags with your logo.

 

The promotional tote bags are equipped with the following features:

 

1. A reinforced and crossed design enhances the bag’s capacity to support heavier loads and its usability.

 

2. Use eco-friendly non-woven materials of superior quality.

 

3. A creative, aesthetically pleasing, and environmentally sustainable approach is taken to bond the interface using the heated jade method. It is light and portable while maintaining an inconsequential aspect of the bag.

 

4. For increased durability, the handbag is reinforced and 3 cm broader.

 

5. The overall thickness of the bag ensures that it remains functional even in the event of a blemish.

 

Note: Additionally, in Bjarne, the promotional tote bags could be customized with your own tote bag design or images, in addition to the stock styles.

 

Process for producing wholesale custom tote bags

 

As a manufacturer of custom handbags, the stock model could be modified according to the needs of the consumer. Additionally, it could be personalized with your bag’s design or sample.

 

The customized tote bag wholesale procedure is described in detail below.

Bjarne advantage

Custom promotional tote bags with logo process

Handbag customized process

You can efficiently manufacture and distribute wholesale custom tote bags that follow quality criteria and correspond to your brand’s goals by keeping to this detailed procedure.

 

Don’t Miss Out, Order Today

 

Are you prepared to grow your brand with fashionable and environmentally responsible promotional tote bags?

 

There is no need to look more!

 

Immediately communicate with the manufacturer of Bjarne handbags to discuss your specific needs and to place your order because they provide an extensive selection of customizable tote bags that seamlessly combine style and functionality.

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the Custom promotional tote bags with logo, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom promotional tote bags with logo first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11480
Linen promotional tote bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/promotional-tote-bags-wholesale/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:44:27 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11432 In need of  this promotional tote bags wholesale wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Specifications: 380*350*140 (mm*mm)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Material: linen
  • Color: Colorblock
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale promotional tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Linen promotional tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Linen promotional tote bags wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable promotional tote bags, this tote bags is a good choice, It can be customized in terms of color, size, style, and pattern design.

 

 

This promotional tote bags has the following features:

 

1. Fashionable and high-end styles, complete colors, exquisite printing, fine workmanship and fast delivery.

2. Flexible production, can be designed and customized according to customer requirements, or customized according to samples.

3. Durable, high quality, low price, beautiful, and good advertising effect.

4.Stable performance, flexible, easy to decompose, non-toxic, odorless, anti-aging and corrosion-resistant, and harmless to the human body

 

The promotional tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the drawstring bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags color

In the custom promotional tote bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the promotional tote bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom promotional tote bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the promotional tote bags wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Linen promotional tote bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11432
Drawstring bucket bag wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/drawstring-bucket-bag-wholesale/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 06:00:06 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11392 In need of  this drawstring bucket bag wholesale? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Color: yellow, red, light gray, green
  • Size: Large size 50*40*18(cm); Small size 43*31*14(cm)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale drawstring bucket bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Drawstring bucket bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Drawstring bucket bag wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable drawstring bucket bag, this drawstring bags is a good choice, It can be customized in terms of color, size, style, and pattern design.


This drawstring bucket bag has the following features:

1. Sports, leisure and fitness, multi-purpose in one package

2. Lightweight bag body, practical

3. Super large capacity to meet your different usage needs

4.Multifunctional storage, water repellent

 

The drawstring bucket bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the drawstring bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom drawstring bucket bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom drawstring bucket bag color

In the custom drawstring bucket bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom drawstring bucket bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the drawstring bucket bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom drawstring bucket bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the drawstring bucket bag wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Drawstring bucket bag wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11392
Bespoke polyester drawstring bags bulk https://china-handbag-factory.com/bespoke-polyester-drawstring-bags-bulk/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 05:32:08 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11383 In need of  this drawstring bags bulk? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Polyester
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Color: can be customized
  • Weight: 0.04kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the bespoke polyester drawstring bags bulk manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Bespoke polyester drawstring bags bulk first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Bespoke polyester drawstring bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Bespoke polyester drawstring bags color

In the bespoke polyester drawstring bags bulk, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Bespoke polyester drawstring bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the polyester drawstring bags bulk. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom drawstring bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the bespoke polyester drawstring bags bulk, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Bespoke polyester drawstring bags bulk first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11383
Canvas drawstring bags wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/canvas-drawstring-bags-wholesale/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 03:13:42 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11374 In need of  this wholesale canvas drawstring bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size:18*24cm(cm*cm)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Material: Canvas
  • Weight: 0.06kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale canvas drawstring bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Canvas drawstring bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Canvas drawstring bags wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable canvas drawstring bags, this drawstring bags is a good choice, It can be customized in terms of color, size, style, and pattern design.

 

This canvas drawstring bags has the following features:

 

1. The lines are clear in layers.

2. Hand-sewn, stable thread routing, good load-bearing capacity

3. New fashion, beautiful and diverse

4. Button opening can be sewn and cross-reinforced

5. Lightweight material, easy to carry

 

The canvas drawstring bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the drawstring bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom canvas drawstring bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom canvas drawstring bags color

In the custom canvas drawstring bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom canvas drawstring bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the canvas drawstring bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom canvas drawstring bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the canvas drawstring bags wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Canvas drawstring bags wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11374
Wholesale crochet drawstring bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-crochet-drawstring-bag/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 02:48:22 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11363 In need of  this wholesale crochet drawstring bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you wholesale the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size: 14*10 (mm*mm)
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Color: blue
  • Weight: 0.12 (g)
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale crochet drawstring bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale crochet drawstring bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

wholesale crochet drawstring bag

If you are looking for a suitable crochet drawstring bag, this drawstring bags is a good choice, It can be customized in terms of color, size, style, and pattern design.

 

This crochet drawstring bag has the following features:

 

1. Light and soft texture

2. Good breathability

3.Easy to wash and dry quickly

4. Drawstring design, you can easily store it by pulling it out smoothly. The crimping line is tight and the sealing is firm.

5. The hot-pressed edges are neat and firm, and there will be no off-line like cloth bags.

6. Customizable LOGO

7. Multiple processes, multiple materials, and multiple colors to choose from

 

The crochet drawstring bag wcould be made as the stock stytles, the drawstring bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom crochet drawstring bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom crochet drawstring bag color

In the custom crochet drawstring bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom crochet drawstring bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the crochet drawstring bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom crochet drawstring bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized crochet drawstring bag, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale crochet drawstring bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11363
Small drawstring bags customization https://china-handbag-factory.com/small-drawstring-bags/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 02:06:30 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11353 In need of  this customized small drawstring bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Unit weight: 0.5 kg
  • Size: 22 cm * 11 cm * 11 cm
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale small drawstring bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Small drawstring bags customization first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Small drawstring bags customization

If you are looking for a suitable small drawstring bags, this small drawstring bags is a good choice, It can be customized according to drawings, with various colors, materials and processes to choose from.

 

This small drawstring bags has the following features:

 

1. Adopting a single-channel wire harness port design, the wiring is full and neat, and items are not easy to fall off.

2. Preferred Korean rope, fine workmanship, strong and durable

3. Standard machine sewing, smooth and neat

 

The small drawstring bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the drawstring bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom small drawstring bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom small drawstring bags color

In the custom small drawstring bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom small drawstring bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the small drawstring bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom small drawstring bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized small drawstring bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Small drawstring bags customization first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11353
Custom blank cotton drawstring gift bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-drawstring-gift-bags/ Tue, 10 Oct 2023 01:38:24 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11343 In need of  this custom drawstring gift bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Specifications: 11*18cm, 15*20cm, 16*25cm, 21*26cm
  • Printing LOGO: Yes
  • Custom processing: Yes
  • Usage: packaging bag
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom drawstring gift bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom blank cotton drawstring gift bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom drawstring gift bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom drawstring gift bags color

In the custom drawstring gift bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom drawstring gift bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the drawstring gift bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom drawstring gift bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about Custom drawstring gift bags, Bjarne bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom blank cotton drawstring gift bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11343
Supply Korean retro version denim bag https://china-handbag-factory.com/supply-denim-bag/ Mon, 09 Oct 2023 08:10:06 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11327 In need of  this custom denim bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: denim
  • Bag size: XL
  • Style: European and American retro
  • Opening method: zipper
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale denim bag manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Supply Korean retro version denim bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom denim bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom denim bag color

In the custom denim bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom denim bag label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the denim bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom denim bag process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the supply Korean retro version denim bag, Bjarne bag manufacturers will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Supply Korean retro version denim bag first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11327
Custom baby cotton sleeping bag liner https://china-handbag-factory.com/cotton-sleeping-bag-liner/ Mon, 09 Oct 2023 05:33:53 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11300 In need of  this custom cotton sleeping bag liner? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Lining: polyester cotton
  • Fabric: polyester cloth
  • Weight: 700g
  • Size: 120*50cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale cotton sleeping bag liner manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom baby cotton sleeping bag liner first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom baby cotton sleeping bag liner

If you are looking for a suitable cotton sleeping bag liner, this sleeping bag liner is a good choice, It comes with pillows, reactive printing and dyeing, does not shrink when washed, is easy to operate, and is comfortable to store.

 

This cotton sleeping bag liner has the following features:

 

1. Skin-friendly lining

2. Lock in temperature and keep warm

3. Moisture-proof and dry

4.Comfortable space

5.Portable packaging

6. Suitable for many occasions

 

The cotton sleeping bag liner wcould be made as the stock stytles, the cotton sleeping bag liner also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Custom cotton sleeping bag liner material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom cotton sleeping bag liner color

In the custom cotton sleeping bag liner, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom cotton sleeping bag liner label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cotton sleeping bag liner. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom baby cotton sleeping bag liner process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom cotton sleeping bag liner, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom baby cotton sleeping bag liner first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11300
Customized Japanese and Korean cotton bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/customized-cotton-bags/ Mon, 09 Oct 2023 03:38:37 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11291 In need of  this customized Japanese and Korean cotton bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: off-white, brown, green, black
  • Material: cotton canvas
  • Weight: 0.5g
  • Size: width 43cm*height 29cm*thickness 15cm*handle height 17cm
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale cotton tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customized Japanese and Korean cotton bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Customized Japanese and Korean cotton bags

If you are looking for a suitable cotton tote bags, this tote bag is a good choice, It has a variety of size options and can be customized in both vertical and horizontal directions.

 

This cotton bags has the following features:

 

1.Multiple colors to choose from

2.Comfortable fabric

3. Smooth zipper

4. Adjustable shoulder straps

5.Large space

 

The cotton tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom tote bags color

In the custom cotton tote bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cotton tote bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the customized Japanese and Korean cotton bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Customized Japanese and Korean cotton bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11291
Wholesale beige cotton tote bags https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-beige-cotton-tote-bags/ Mon, 09 Oct 2023 03:09:15 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11280 In need of  this wholesale beige cotton tote bags? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Color: Beige (can be customized)
  • Material: cotton
  • Weight: 150g
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale cotton tote bags manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale beige cotton tote bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale beige cotton tote bags

If you are looking for a suitable cotton tote bags, this tote bag is a good choice, It has a variety of size options and can be customized in both vertical and horizontal directions.

 

This cotton tote bags has the following features:

 

1. Multiple size options, both vertical and horizontal can be customized

2. Professional printing with a variety of processes for you to choose from

3. The humanized design of the handbag makes it more convenient for you to deliver or carry.

4. The bottom is enlarged and widened, and the bag has strong load-bearing performance and is not easy to explode.

5. A variety of colors to choose from, the fabric is soft and comfortable and the quality is guaranteed

 

The cotton tote bags wcould be made as the stock stytles, the tote bags also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Wholesale custom tote bags color

In the custom cotton tote bags, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Wholesale custom cotton tote bags label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the cotton tote bags. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Wholesale beige cotton tote bags process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom wholesale cotton tote bags, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale beige cotton tote bags first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11280
Customized green mesh beach cooler bag for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/beach-cooler-bag/ Mon, 09 Oct 2023 02:27:39 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11274 In need of  this beach cooler bag? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Oxford cloth + mesh cloth
  • 41*17*51cm
  • 248g
  • Green, blue, black, rose red
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the beach cooler bag  manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Customized green mesh beach cooler bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom wholesale beach cooler bag material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom wholesale beach cooler bag colors

 In the customized beach cooler bag project, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom wholesale beach cooler bag labels

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the beach cooler bag. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Customized green mesh beach cooler bag procedure

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the beach cooler bag, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Customized green mesh beach cooler bag for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11274
Wholesale travel backpack for women https://china-handbag-factory.com/wholesale-travel-backpack-for-women/ Sat, 07 Oct 2023 07:21:45 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11216 In need of  this travel backpack for women? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Small size: 24*14*18cm
    Large size: 26*15*30cm
  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining: polyester
  • Weight: 0.49kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom wholesale women's travel backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Wholesale travel backpack for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Wholesale travel backpack for women

If you are looking for a suitable travel backpack for women, this backpack is a good choice, It is designed with a main bag, a zippered secret pocket, and a front pocket. The layered structure is reasonable to keep your storage neat and orderly.

 

This women’s travel backpack has the following features:

 

1. Elegant hand-held design, smooth texture and comfortable hand feel

2. Hardware texture, embellishment on the bag body, beautiful and stylish

3. Hardware shoulder strap adjustment buckle design, the length can be adjusted according to your height

4. The bag is tightly sewn and strong and durable.

5. The bag has a detachable hook design, allowing you to freely switch the carrying mode

6. Smooth hardware, elegant gloss, beautiful and fashionable, strong and durable

 

The women’s travel backpack wcould be made as the stock stytles, the backpack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Custom women’s traveling backpack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom women’s travelling backpack color

 In the custom women’s travel backpack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom women’s travelling backpack label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the travel backpack for women. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom wholesale women's travel backpack process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom wholesale travel backpack for women, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Wholesale travel backpack for women first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11216
Custom travelling backpack women’s https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-travelling-backpack-womens/ Sat, 07 Oct 2023 06:57:50 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11209 In need of  this women's travelling backpack? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size:28cm * 12cm * 36cm
  • Material: nylon fabric
  • Lining: polyester
  • Weight: 0.56kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom women's travelling backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom travelling backpack women’s first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom women’s travelling backpack

If you are looking for a suitable women’s travelling backpack, this backpack is a good choice, Its color can be customized, and it can be carried on one shoulder, handheld, or both shoulders.

 

This women’s travelling backpack has the following features:

 

1. Backpack USB charging design, convenient and practical.

2. The bag has a multi-functional carrying design and can be carried on one shoulder/double shoulder/hand-held. It is practical and trendy in different carrying methods.

3. The suitcase has a bag design, and the backpack can be hung on the trolley case during long trips to easily reduce the load.

4. Large capacity and multiple compartments, making it easy to store messy items.

5. High-density Oxford fabric, scratch-resistant, wear-resistant, comfortable, flexible, and easy to care for.

6. Adjustable shoulder strap design, easy to adjust according to your own needs

 

The women’s travelling backpack wcould be made as the stock stytles, the backpack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Custom women’s traveling backpack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom women’s travelling backpack color

 In the custom women’s travelling backpack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom women’s travelling backpack label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the travelling backpack women’s. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom women's travelling backpack process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom travelling backpack women’s, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom travelling backpack women’s first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11209
Custom large black travel backpack https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-large-black-travel-backpack/ Sat, 07 Oct 2023 06:29:29 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11204 In need of  this travel backpack? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining: polyester
  • Weight: 1kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom large black travel backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom large black travel backpack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom travel backpack material

Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom travel backpack color

 In the custom large black travel backpack, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom travel backpack label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the black travel backpack. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Custom large black travel backpack process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the custom large black travel backpack, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom large black travel backpack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11204
Custom 17in laptop backpack https://china-handbag-factory.com/custom-17in-laptop-backpack/ Sat, 07 Oct 2023 05:31:33 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11188 In need of  this 17in laptop backpack? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size:30*45*15CM
  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Lining: polyester
  • Weight: 0.9kg
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the custom 17in laptop backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Custom 17in laptop backpack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Custom 17 Inch Laptop Backpack

The Bjarne custom 17 inch laptop backpack is designed to enhance your everyday travel or commuting experience. This laptop backpack, which combines style and functionality, allows you to carry your large laptop in a fashionable bag that makes a statement.

 

This laptop backpack has several pockets and compartments for additional belongings in addition to a secure fit for your 17-inch device. Constructed from polyester and Oxford cloth, it is robust and able to support heavy loads all day, every day.

 

Features Of Laptop Backpack 17 inch

1. Fits A 17-Inch Laptop

This backpack fits a 17 inch laptop. It is big in size but also durable and lightweight that it is comfortable to carry throughout the day.

 

2. Multiple Compartments

Bjarne 17 inch backpack laptop bag comes with multiple compartments along with the laptop sleeve. It has pockets to hold your tablet, charger and other electronics, books, and more.

 

3. Air Cushion

The inner lining of the backpack is a shock-absorbing air cushion. This helps your electronics stay safe no matter how rowdy your day gets.

 

4. 3D Honeycomb Back Pad

This Bjarne 17 inch laptop backpack has a 3D honeycomb back pad. This back pad also has an elastic pressure relief. Both features help keep the backpack breathable.

 

5. Customized Logo

You can add your own logo and design to the 17 inch laptop backpacks we make. It works well both for personal and business use, even as a promotional tool.

 

6. Two Capacity Designs

Bjarne 17 inch backpack laptop features a two-capacity design. You can choose the thin and convenient version, or the thick and upgraded one.

17in laptop backpack

Customized Backpack Laptop 17in Fabrics

The main material we use for our 17 inch laptop backpacks is Oxford cloth. It is a thin, light fabric that is soft to the touch. This fabric is also durable and waterproof, ideal for backpacks often used outdoors or for traveling.

 

We also use polyester, mainly for the lining. Like Oxford cloth, polyester is a durable material that can withstand heavy loads. Polyester is also fade and wrinkle-resistant, so your laptop backpack will look pristine for a long time.

 

Bjarne 17in Laptop Backpacks Custom Style Options

Our 17 inch laptop bag is a traditional-style backpack with multiple compartments and pockets. But since we customize our bags, we can tailor the backpack into different styles per your request or instructions.

 

Bjarne 17in Laptop Backpack Color Options

Bjarne’s 17 inch backpack laptop bag can be customized in a wide array of colors. We can tailor your laptop bag in all the different Pantone colors per your or your customers’ preferences. You can choose colors from our sample colors or provide a sample of yours.

backpacks 17 inch laptop

Benefits Of Choosing Bjarne Custom Backpack For 17in Laptop

Bjarne is a leading custom bag maker in China with over 18 years of experience manufacturing bags of all kinds. We provide trusted high-quality custom products not only 17 inch laptop bags.

 

We customize bags and work with retailers in making bags with their own logos and designs. You can have your 17 inch laptop backpacks tailored in any color, material, size, and design that fit your and your customer’s preferences.

 

Another advantage of choosing our custom laptop backpack is the ability to buy them in bulk. We offer wholesale purchases that include the benefit of significant savings as a result of lower prices than individual purchases.

 

Other benefits include the lower minimum order quantity (MOQ) and on-time delivery of products anywhere in the world. We also provide 24/7 customer service that will answer all your queries and assist you.

 

Why Custom Laptop Backpack For 17in Laptop

Choosing custom backpacks for 17 inch laptops offers a range of benefits, starting from the bag’s perfect fit. If you still need convincing, here are more reasons why:

 

  • Tailored fit that ensures the laptop stays in place during transit, thus reducing the risk of accidents.
  • Personalized style that allows you to express your individuality while keeping your laptop protected.
  • An interior layout suitable to your organizational needs, so your laptop, personal items, and other accessories are stored neatly.
  • Brand representation through added logo, initials, or custom design so you can promote and enhance your brand.
  • Design versatility that allows the custom backpack for a 17inch laptop to suit different occasions and scenarios.

Durable material and construction through high-quality fabrics, sturdy closure mechanisms, and reinforced stitching.

laptop backpack waterproof

Bjarne Custom 17in Laptop Backpack Function Options

1. Tablet and Other Electronics Bag

Bjarne backpack for a 17 inch laptop is not only an excellent laptop bag but also a tablet and other electronics carrier. Our laptop backpack comes with multiple compartments including a tablet sleeve and small pockets for chargers and wires.

 

2. School Bag

The best backpack for a 17 inch laptop can double as a school bag. Our laptop backpacks are comfortable and lightweight with enough storage for a student’s various essentials. Students normally use their laptops at school today, so a laptop bag as a school bag makes sense.

 

3. Work Backpack

A 17 inch laptop backpack is great for carrying work items, making it ideal as a work bag. Bjarne laptop backpacks are made from high-quality materials and components that can be customized to be an ideal backpack for an office worker.

 

4. Travel Backpack

Bjarne 17 in laptop backpacks provide a convenient and practical way to carry around laptops even when traveling around. This makes the backpack work well as a travel backpack allowing you to also carry clothes, books, and other accessories.

 

5. Waterproof Bag

Our 17 in laptop backpack is waterproof and that makes them a great option if you need a bag to protect your laptop and other things from the elements. Use this bag to ward off rain and snow when you’re out in the outdoors.

 

Bjarne Backpack 17in Laptop Printing Process

The printing process Bjarne uses when customizing your 17 inch laptop backpack depends on the printing method. Some of the methods we use include weaving the label, silk printing, embroidery, leather debossing, and more. Contact us if you want to know the logo printing process for these methods.

Things To Note When Customizing A 17 Inch Laptop Backpack Waterproof

Before you enlist our help to create a custom backpacks for 17 inch laptops, here are some things to note:

  • Check that you provide correct customization details.
  • Confirm your minimum order quantity (MOQ).
  • Explore all our customization options, from the colors to materials.
  • Confirm the printing method you want used for your purchase.
  • Confirm the lead time for both the sample product and actual product.

17in Backpack Laptop Customization Process

Bjarne has a whole team that handles the customization of the bags we make. The process starts with the client reaching out to us about their order and providing us with as much details they can regarding their customization requirements.

 

These details include the colors, materials, size, designs, and logo they want. We have some stock samples, but our clients can always use their own designs and logos. Communicating their requirements clearly is essential to ensure correct orders.

 

Once we have confirmed the correct details, we will make a sample product to show our clients. If the sample product passed the inspection of the client, we can proceed with the mass production and eventually, the delivery of the newly made 17-inch laptop backpacks.

Custom 17in laptop backpack process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

A laptop backpack for a 17 inch laptop can fit a 17 inches and smaller laptop. If you have a 15.6 laptop, it can fit well into the bag. So does a 14-inch, 13-inch, 12-in, 11-in, or 10-in laptop. However, expect there to be extra space if you fit a smaller laptop into the bag.

The best backpack for a 17 inch laptop is a perfectly sized backpack with soft, sturdy lining and shell. It should be made with a strong material capable of withstanding the heaviness of a 17 inches laptop, but also comfortable around the shoulders and back. Extra safety features like RFID-locking pockets and anti-theft zippers would be great.

For any question about the custom 17in laptop backpack, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Custom 17in laptop backpack first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11188
Tactical laptop backpack wholesale https://china-handbag-factory.com/tactical-laptop-backpack-wholesale/ Sat, 07 Oct 2023 03:34:44 +0000 https://china-handbag-factory.com/?post_type=product&p=11182 In need of  this tactical laptop backpack? Bjarne bag maker will help you cutom the bags as requirements.

 

Product details

  • Size:43.2*33*10.2CM
  • Material: Oxford cloth
  • Color: can be customized
  • Weight: 961.6 grams
  • For customized bag, MOQ 500PCS
  • For wholesale bag, MOQ 50PCS
  • Sample days 5-7 days

Bjarne  Assist you throughout the tactical laptop backpack manufacturing including customizing bag material, colors, logos, size. Any question just CONTACT US.

The post Tactical laptop backpack wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>

Tactical laptop backpack wholesale

If you are looking for a suitable tactical laptop backpack, this backpack is a good choice, It can be worn on one shoulder, in a handheld bag, or on both shoulders

 

This tactical laptop backpack has the following features:

 

1.Comprehensive waterproof fabric

2. Thickened double shoulder straps with lock buckle and adjustable length

3.MOLLE system, breathable, waterproof, wear-resistant, anti-theft

4. Convenient access to items: designed with front pocket, compartment pocket, large space main pocket, and back pocket

 

The tactical laptop backpack wcould be made as the stock stytles, the backpack also could be made as your design or pictures. Welcome to inquire.

 

Custom laptop backpack material

 Based on purpose, style and budget, the material of a  has so many choice. Such as cotton canvas, polyester, RPET, Oxford cloth etc.
 

Custom tactical laptop backpack color

 In the custom tactical laptop backpack bag, we provide a variety of colors for reference. Customers can choose according to their actual needs or customize according to the sample color.
 

Custom laptop backpack label

 A customized label helps promote your brands. And there are several logo choices for the tactical laptop backpack. Such as silk printing, embroidery, woven label, leather debossed logo, metal logo etc. Know more.
 
 
Bjarne advantage

Tactical laptop backpack wholesale customization process

Handbag customized process

Frequently
Asked Questions

Yes, the bags could be customized as your design or pictures. And the CAD, Coreldraw, AI designs are all ok.

The samples are made based on your design, the sample cost will be charged.  If it,s the stock samples, it,s free.

If made as the design, it will usually take about 7 working days. If it,s stock one, it will be sent within 2 days.

Yes. You just need to provide how is the goods sent. By sea, by express? Also providing your address.  Then the quotation and shipping time will be provided.

TT transfer, paypal are both ok.

For any question about the tactical laptop backpack wholesale, Bjarne bag factory will provide suggestions and help make your bags.

The post Tactical laptop backpack wholesale first appeared on China handbag factory.

]]>
11182